Digital PDFs

AA-5579A-TC

November 1978

204 pages

Original

8.2MB

Document:	RSX-11M System Logic Manual Volume 2
Order Number:	AA-5579A-TC
Revision:	0
Pages:	204
Original Filename:	http://bitsavers.org/pdf/dec/pdp11/rsx11m_s/RSX11M_V3.1_Dec77/RSX11M_V3.1_SysLogicManVol2_197811.pdf

OCR Text

November 1978

RSX-11M
System Logic Manual
Order No. AA-5579A-TC

VOLUME 2

RSX-11 M V3.1

To order additional copies of this document, contact the Accessories and
Supplies Group, Product Line 86, Digital Equipment Corporation, Cotton
Road, Nashua, New Hampshire 03060.

digital equipment corporation · ma\:Jnard. massachusetts

First Printing,November 1978
The information in this document is subject to change without notice
and should not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment
Corporation. Digital Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility
for any errors that may appear in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license
and may only be used or copied in accordance with the terms of such
license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on
equipment that is not supplied by DIGITAL or its affiliated companies.

@ 1970 by Digital Equipment Corporation

The postage-prepaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this
document requests the user's critical evaluation to assist us in preparing future documentation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

DIGITAL
DEC
PDP
DECUS
UNIBUS
COMPUTER LABS
COMTEX
DDT
DECCOMM
ASSIST-11
VAX
DECnet

DECsystem-lo
DECtape
DIBOL
EDUSYSTEM
FLIP CHIP
FOCAL
INDAC
LAB-8
DECSYSTEM-20
RTS-8
VMS
IAS

1/79-14

MASS BUS
OMNIBUS
OS/8
PHA
RSTS
RSX
TYPESET-8
TYPESET-11
TMS-11
ITPS-10
SBI

CONTENTS
VOLUME II

Page
APPENDIX A
A.1
A.1.1
A.1. 2 ,
A.1. 3
A. l. 4
A.1.5
A.1. 6
A. l. 7
A.1. 8
A.1.9
A.1.10
APPENDIX B
B.l
B.1.1
B. l. 2
B. l . 3
B.1. 4
B.1.5
B.1. 6
B. l. 7
B. l. 8
B.1. 9
B.1.10
B.1.11
APPENDIX c
C.1
C.1.1
C. l . 2
C. l . 3
C. l . 4
C.1.5
C. l . 6
C.1. 7
C.2
C.2.1
C.2.2
C.2.3
C.2.4
C.2.5
C.2.6
C.2.7

RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES

A-1

RSX-llM DEVICE SUPPORT
Processors And Options
Card Readers
Communications
Data Acquisition
Disk Devices
Laboratory/industrial Control
Printers
Tape Devices, Magnetic
Tape Devices, Paper
Terminals

A-1
A-1
A-2
A-2
A-2
A-3
A-3
A-4
A-4
A-5
A-5

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS

B-1

CODING STANDARD INTRODUCTION
Line Format
Conunents
Naming Standards
Symbols
Program Modules
Formatting Standards
Program Source Files
Forbidden Instruction Usage
Reconunended Coding Practice
PDP-11 Version Number Standard
Co-routines

B-1
B-1
B-1B-2
B-3
B-5
B-9
B-11
B-11
B-12
B-12
B-14

MACRO EXPANSIONS

C-1

COMMAND STRING INTERPRETER MACRO EXPANSIONS
CSI$1 Macro
CSI$2 Macro
CSI$SW Macro
CSI$ND Macro
CSI$SV Macro
LDRO$ Macro
CSI$ Macro
DIRECTIVE MACRO EXPANSIONS
ABRT$C Macro
ABRT$S Macro
ABRT$ Macro
ALTP$C Macro
ALTP$S Macro
ALTP$ Macro
ALUN$C Macro

C-1
c-1
C-1
C-2
C-3
C-3
C-4
C-4
c-s
C-5
C-6
C-6
C-6
C-7
C-7
C-8

iii

CONTENTS (Cont.)

Page
C.2.8
C.2.9
C.2.10
c.2.11
c.2.12
C.2.13
C.2.14
C.2.15
C.2.16
C.2.17
C.2.18
C.2.19
C.2.20
C.2.21
c.2.22
C.2.23
C.2.24
C.2.25
C.2.26
C.2.27
C.2.28
C.2.29
C.2.30
C.2.31
C.2.32
C.2.33
C.2.34
C.2.35
C.2.36
C.2.37
C.2.38
C.2.39
C.2.40
C.2.41
C.2.42
C.2.43
C.2.44
C.2.45
C.2.46
C.2.47
C.2.48
C.2.49
C.2.50
C.2.51
C.2.52
C.2.53
C.2.54
C.2.55
C.2.56
C.2.57
C.2.58
C.2.59
C.2.60
C.2.61
C.2.62

c-8
C-9
c-10
c-10
c-10
C-11
C-11
c-12
C-13
C-13
C-14
C-14
C-15
C-15
C-15
C-16
C-16
C-17
C-17
C-18
C-18
C-19
C-19
C-19
C-20
c-20
c-20
c-21
C-21
C-21
c-22
c-22
c-22
C-23
C-23
C-24
C-24
C-24
C-25
C-25
C-25
C-26
C-26
C-27
C-27
C-28
C-29
C-29
C-30
C-30
C-31
C-32
C-32
C-32
C-33

ALUN$S Macro
ALUN$ Macro
ASTX$C Macro
ASTX$S Macro
ASTX$ Macro
CINT$C Macro
CINT$S Macro
CINT$ Macro
CLEF$C Macro
CLEF$S Macro
CLEF$ Macro
CMKT$C Macro
CMKT$S Macro
CMKT$ Macro
CSRQ$C Macro
CSRQ$S Macro
CSRQ$ Macro
DECL$C Macro
DECL$S Macro
DECL$ Macro
DIR$ Macro
DSAR$C Macro
DSAR$S Macro
DSAR$ Macro
DSCP$C Macro
DSCP$S Macro
DSCP$ Macro
ENAR$C Macro
ENAR$S Macro
ENAR$ Macro
ENCP$C Macro
ENCP$S Macro
ENCP$ Macro
ERR$ Macro
EXIF$C Macro
EXIF$S Macro
EXIF$ Macro
EXIT$C Macro
EXIT$S Macro
EXIT$ Macro
EXTK$C Macro
EXTK$S Macro
EXTK$ Macro
GLUN$C Macro
GLUN$S Macro
GLUN$ Macro
GMCR$C Macro
GMCR$ Macro
GPRT$C Macro
GPRT$S Macro
GPRT$ Macro
GSSW$C Macro
GSSW$S Macro
GSSW$ Macro
GTIM$C Macro

CONTENTS (Cont. )

Page
C.5.63
C.5.64
C.S.65
c.5.66
C.5.67
C.5.68

C.5.69
C.5.70

c. 5. 71
C.6
C.6.1
C.7
C.7.1
C.7.2
C.7.3

c.7.4
C.7.5
C.7.6
C.7.7
C.7.8
C.7.9
c.1.10
c. 7 .11

C.7.12
C.7.13
C.7.14

C.7.15
C.8
C.8.1
C.8.2
C.8.3

C.8.4

c.a.s
C.8.6
C.8.7
C.8.8
C.8.9

C.8.10
C.8.11
C.8.12
C.8.13
C.8.14
C.8.15
C.8.16
C.8.17
C.8.18
C.8.19

C.8.20
C.9
C.9.1
C.9.2
C.9.3
c. 9. 4
C.9.5

OFNB$W Macro
PUT$ Macro
PUT$R Macro
PUT$S Macro
RAD50$ Macro
READ$ Macro
TRUNC$ Macro
WAIT$ Macro
WRITE$ Macro
NETWORK SYMBOL DEFINITION MACRO
COMDF$ Macro
PROGRAM LOGICAL ADDRESS SPACE EXTENSION
MACRO EXPANSIONS
ATRG$, ATRG$C, and Atrg$s Macros
.BLK., .BLKB., and .BLKW. Macros
CRAW$, CRAW$C, CRAW$S Macro
CRRG$, CRRG$C, and CRRG$S Macros
DTRG$, DTRG$C, and DTRG$S Macros
ELAW$, ELAW$C, and ELAW$S Macros
GMCX$, GMCX$C, and GMCX$S Macros
GREG$, GREG$C, and GREG$S Macros
MAP$, MAP$C, MAP$S Macros
RDBBK$ Macro
RREF$, RREF$C, and RREF$S Macros
SREF$, SREF$C, and SREF$S Macros
SRRA$, SRRA$C, and SRRA$S Macros
UMAP$, UMAP$C, and UMAP$S Macros
WDBBK$ Macro
RELATIVE FILES MACROS - EXPANSIONS
RCLOS$ Macro
RFOBT$ Macro
RFINO$ Macro
RFOF$L Macro
RFOFF$ Macro
RGET$ Macro
ROPN$ Macro
ROPN$A Macro.
ROPN$M Macro
ROPN$R Macro
ROPN$U Macro
ROPN$W Macro
ROPS$A Macro
ROPS$M Macro
ROPS$R Macro
ROPS$U Macro
ROPS$W Macro
RPORT$ Macro
RPRTC$ Macro
RPUT$ Macro
QIOMAC - QIOSYM MACRO DEFINITIONS
DRERR$ Macro
FILIO$ Macro
.IOER. Macro
IOERR$ Macro
.QIOE. Macro

C-97
C-97
C-98
C-98
C-98
C-99
C-99
C-99

C-99
c-100
c-100
c-101
c-101
c-102
c-102
C-103

C-104
C-104

C-105
C-105
C-106
C-107
C-107

c-rna

C-109
C-109
c-110
c-110

c-110
c-110
c-111
c-111
c-111

c-112
c-112
C-112
c-112
C-113
C-113
C-113
C-113
C-113
C-113

C-114
C-114
C-114
C-114
C-114
C-115

C-115
C-116
C-117

C-117
C-120

CONTENTS (Cont.)

Page
C.2.118
C.2.119
C.2.120
C.2.121
c.2.122
C.2.123
C.2.124
C.2.125
C.2.126
C.2.127
C.2.128
C.2.129
C.2.130
C.2.131
C.2.132
C.2.133
C.2.134
C.2.135
C.2.136
C.2.137
C.2.138

C.3
C.3.1
C.3.2
C.3.3
C.3.4
C.3.5
C.3.6
C.3.7
C.3.8
C.3.9
C.3.10
C.3.11
C.3.12
C.3.13
C.3.14
C.3.15
C.3.16
C.3.17
C.3.18
C.3.19
C.3.20
C.3.21
C.4

C.4.1
C.4.2
C.4.3
c.5
C.5.1
C.5.2
C.5.3

C.5.4
C.5.5
C.5.6
C.5.7

C-61
C-61
C-62

SPRA~iC Macro
SPRA~iS Macro
SPRA~i Macro

SRDA$C Macro
SRDMiS Macro
SRDAS Macro
SVDB$C Macro
SVDB$S Macro
SVOB~; Macro
SVTK~iC Macro
SVTK~;s Macro
SVTK$ Macro
WSIG$C Macro
WSIG$S Macro
WSIG$ Macro
WTLO~iC Macro
WTLO~;s Macro
WTLo~; Macro
WTSE$C Macro
WTSE~;s Macro
WTSE~; Macro
EXECUTJCVE MACRO EXPANSIONS
CALL Macro
CALLR Macro
CRASH Macro
DIRSV$ Macro
DRSTS Macro
GTUCU$ Macro
INTLU Macro
INTSg$ Macro
INTSV$ Macro
MFPS/MTPS Macros
RETUHN Macro
SAVNn Macro
SCBLH Macro
SETO Macro
SOB Macro
STD Macro
STFPS Macro
STST Macro
SWSTl~$ Macro
LDD Macro
LDFPS Macro
FILES-11 HEADER OFFSETS MACRO DEFINITIONS
FHDOJ.$ Macro
FHDO:P$ Macro
HMBO:P$ And HMB01$ Macros
FILE CONTROL SERVICES MACRO EXPANSIONS
BDOFP$ Macro
CBYTH$ Macro
CLosg$ Macro
CMOV~i 2 Macro
CMOV$B Macro
CMov~;w Macro
CWORD$ Macro

C-62

C-63
C-63
C-64

C-64
C-65

C-65
C-66

C-66
C-67
C-67

C-67
C-68
c-68
C-69

C-69
C-70
C-70
C-71
C-71
C-71
C-72
C-72

C-72
C-72

C-72
C-73
C-73

C-74
C-74

C-74
C-74
C-75

C-75
C-75

C-75
C-75
C-76
C-76

C-76
C-76
C-76
C-77
C-78
C-79

C-79
c-00
C-80
C-80
C-80

C-81
C-82

CONTENTS (Cont.)
Page
C.9.6
C.9.7
C.9.8
C.9.9
C.10
c.10.1
c.10.2
C.10.3
C.11
c.11.1
C.11.2
C.11.3
C.11.4
C.12
c.12.1
C.13
C.13.1
APPENDIX D
D.l
APPENDIX E
E.l
E.2
E.3
E.3.1
E.3.2
APPENDIX F
F.l
F.2
F.3
F.4
F.5
F.6
F.7

C-120
C-121
C-123
C-124
C-124
C-124
C-124
C-125
C-125
C-125
C-126
C-126
C-127

QIOSY$ Macro
SPCIO$ Macro
UMDIO$ Macro
.WORD. Macro
SNAP CONTROL BLOCK AND SNAPSHOT DUMP MACROS
SNAP$ Macro
SNPBK$ Macro
SNPDF$ Macro
STATE AND KEYWORD TABLE GENERATION MACROS
ISTAT$ Macro
MTRAN$ Macro
STATE$ Macro
TRAN$ Macro
SUBMIT FILE TO PRINT SPOOLER (PRT .•. )
MACRO (PRINT$)
PRINT$ Macro
SET/GET SYMBOL (TTSYM$) MACRO EXPANSIONS
TTSYM$ Macro

C-128
C-128
C-129
C-129

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS

D-1

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS

D-1

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION

E-1

INTRODUCTION
FAULT CLASSIFICATIONS
SERVICING FAULTS
Gathering Pertinent Fault Isolation Data
Tracing Faults

E-1
E-1
E-3
E-4

SYSTEM TUNING

F-1

HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS
MEMORY LAYOUT
EXECUTIVE SOFTWARE OPTIONS
FILE SYSTEM OPTIONS
HELPFUL HINTS
SOME USEFUL COMMANDS
A USEFUL TOOL

F-1
F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-8

INDEX

~_;1

Index-1

FIGURES

FIGURE

1-1
1-2
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4

Sample Unmapped 16K System Memory Layout
Example of a Mapped 124K RSX-llM System
Memory Management - Virtual to Logical
Address Space Relationship
Routines That Call $NXTSK
$ALCLK Logical Flow Diagram
$ALOCB Logical Flow Diagram

vii

1-8
1-10
2-5
2-19
2-25
2-26

CONTENTS (Cont.)

Page
C.2.63
C.2.64
C.2.65
C.2.66
C.2.67
C.2.68
C.2.69
C.2.70
C.2.71
c. 2. 72
C.2.73
C.2.74
C.2.75
C.2.76
C.2.77
C.2.78
C.2.79
C.2.80
C.2.81
C.2.82
C.2.83
C.2.84
C.2.85
C.2.86
C.2.87
C.2.88
C.2.89
C.2.90
C.2.91
C.2.92
C.2.93
C.2.94
C.2.95
C.2.96
C.2.97
C.2.98
C.2.99
C.2.100
C.2.101
C.2.102
C.2.103
C.2.104
C.2.105
C.2.106
C.2.107
C.2.108
C.2.109
C.2.110
C.2.111
c.2.112
C.2.113
C.2.114
C.2.115
C.2.116
C.2.117

C-33
C-34
C-34
C-35
C-36
C-37
C-37
C-37
C-38
C-38
C-39
C-39
C-40
C-40
C-41
C-41
C-42
C-42
C-43
C-43
C-44
C-44
C-45
C-45
C-46
C-46
C-47
C-47
C-48
C-48
C-49
C-49
C-50

GTIM$S Macro
GTIM$ Macro
GTSK$C: Macro
GTSK$S Macro
GTSK$ Macro
IHAR$C Macro
IHAR$S Macro
IHAR$ Macro
MOV$ Macro
MRKT$C Macro
MRKT$S Macro
MRKT$ Macro
MVB$ Macro
OFF$ Macro
QDPB$S Macro
QDPB$ Macro
QIO$C Macro
QIO$S Macro
QIO$ Macro
QIOW$C Macro
QIOW$S Macro
QIOW$ Macro
R50$ Macro
RCVD$C Macro
RCVD$S Macro
RCVD$ Macro
RCVX$C Macro
RCVX$S Macro
RCV.X$ Macro
RDAF$C Macro
RDAF$S Macro
ROAF$ Macro
RFA$ Macro
RQST$C Macro
RQST$S Macro
RQST$ Macro
RSUM$C Macro
RSUM$S Macro
RSUM$ Macro
RUN$C Macro
RUN$S Macro
RUN$ Macro
RVP$ Macro
SDAT$C Macro
SDAT$S Macro
SDAT$ Macro
SETF$C Macro
SETF$S Macro
SETF$ Macro
SFPA$C Macro
SFPA$S Macro
SFPA$ Macro
SPND$C Macro
SPND$S Macro
SPND$ Macro

c-so

C-51
C-51
C-52
C-52
C-53
C-53
C-54
C-54
C-55
C-56
C-56
C-57
C-57
C-58
C-58
C-59
C-59
C-59
C-60
C-60
C-61

viii

CONTENTS (Cont.)

Page
c.5.8
C.5.9

C.S.10
C.5.11
C.5.12

C.5.13
C.5.14
C.5.15
C.5.16

C.5.17
C.S.18
C.5.19

C.5.20
C.5.21
C.5.22
C.5.23
C.5.24
C.5.25
c.5.26
C.5.27
C.5.28
C.5.29

C.5.30
C.5.31
C.5.32
C.5.33
. C.5.34

C.5.35
C.5.36
C.5.37
C.5.38
c.5.39
c.5.40
C.5.41
C.5.42
C.5.43

C.5.44
C.5.45
C.5.46
C.5.47
C.5.48

C.5.49
C.5.50
C.5.51
C.5.52
C.5.53

C.5.54
C.5.55
C.5.56
C.5.57
C.5.58
C.5.59
C.5.60
c.5.61
C.5.62

DEF$G Macro
DEF$I Macro
DEF$L Macro
DEF$N Macro
DEFIN$ Macro
DELET$ Macro
FCSBT$ Macro
FCSMC$ Macro
FDAT$A Macro
FDAT$R Macro
FDBDF$ Macro
FDBF$A Macro
FDBF$R Macro
FDBK$A Macro
FDBK$R Macro
FDBSZ$ Macro
FDOP$A Macro
FDOP$R Macro
FDRC$A Macro
FDRC$R Macro
FDOF$L Macro
FDOFF$ Macro
FDSOF$ Macro
FINIT$ and FSRSZ$ Macros
FSROF$ Macro
GET$ Macro
GET$R Macro
GET$S Macro
NBOF$L Macro
NBOFF$ Macro
NMBLK$ Macro
OPEN$ Macro
OPEN$A Macro
OPEN$M Macro
OPEN$R Macro
OPEN$U Macro
OPEN$W Macro
OPNS$A Macro
OPNS$M Macro
OPNS$R Macro
OPNS$U Macro
OPNS$W Macro
OPNT$D Macro
OPNT$W Macro
OFID$ Macro
OFID$A Macro
OFID$M Macro
OFID$R Macro
OFID$U Macro
OFID$W Macro
OFNB$ Macro
OFNB$A Macro
OFNB$M Macro
OFNB$R Macro
OFNB$U Macro

C-81
C-81
C-81
C-82
C-82
C-82
C-82
C-84
C-85
C-85
C-85
C-85
C-86
C-86
c-68
C-86

C-87
C-87
C-87

C-87
C-88
C-88
C-89
C-90
C-90
c~91

C-91
C-91
C-91
C-92
C-92

C-93
C-93
C-93
C-93
C-94
C-94
C-94
C-94
C-94
C-94
C-95
C-95
C-95
c-95
C-95
C-96
C-96
C-96
C-96

C-96
C-97
C-97
C-97
C-97

CONTENTS (Cont. )

Page
2-5
2-6

2-7
2-8
2-9

2-10
2-11
2-12

2-13
2-14

3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4

3-5
3-6
4-1
4-2
4-3

$CHKPT Logical Flow Diagram
$DECLK-$DEPKT-$DEACB Logical Flow Diagram
$FNDSP Logical Flow Diagram
$ICHKP Logical Flow Diagram
$NXTSK Logical Flow Diagram
$TSTCP Logical Flow Diagram
Loader Logical Flow Diagram
Shuffler Logical Flow Diagram
Partition Control Block
Task Control Block
INTSV$ Macro Expansion
Example of a Driver Using $INTSV
Example of Use of $DIRSV by the $EMTRP
Routine
Stack State Upon Entry into Directive
Processing
Example Driver Interrupt Routine
Interrupt Flow of Control
User Task in Unmapped System
4K Nonprivileged User Task Mapping in a

2-28
2-30
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-42
2-43

PDP-11/70

4-12

4-5
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
6-1
6-2
8-1
8-2
8-3
8-4
8-5
8-6

8-7
8-8
8-9
8-10
8-11
8-12
8-13

8-14
S-15

S-16
8-17
8-18
S-19

3-8
3-10
3-14
3-18
4-11

SK Nonprivileged User Task Mapping in a
4-13

PDP-11/70

4-4

2-51
2-63
2-66
3-6
3-6

SK Nonprivileged Task Mapping in a PDP-11/70
Using PLAS Directives
Privileged Task Mapping
MCR Tree Structure
Input Buffer
Function Table Entry
Parser Table Entry
Queue Directive Parameter Block
QIO Directive Processing
Linked Lists on RSX-llM
overview of RSX-llM System Control Blocks
Example of PCB Listings
Example of a Partition Wait Queue
Example of a PCB List for Checkpoint Files
Example of a System Task Directory (STD)
and Active Task List
Simplified User-Controlled Partition TCB,
Task Header, and PCB Relationship
TCB, Task Header, and PCB Relationships
in a System-Controlled Partition
Example of an AST Queue
The Loader Queue
Send/Receive Data Queue
Send/Receive by Reference Queue
The Clock Queue
The Fork Queue
Example of DCB, SCB, UCB, LCB Relationship
Logical Assignment Control Block (LCB) List
MCR Queues
Pre-allocated I/O Packet Queue
Task Termination Notification (TKTN) Queues

4-14
4-15

5-2
5-6
5-7
5-8
6-3
6-6

S-2
8-3
8-8
8-9
8-10

8-11

8-12
8-13
8-14
8-15

8-15
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-20
8-21
8-22

CONTENTS (Cont. )

Page
8-20

8-21
8-22

8-23
8-24

B-1
E-1
E-2

E-3
E-4
E-5

Dynamic Storage Region Free Block Queue
DHll Terminal I/O Data Structure
RKll Disk I/O Data Structure
I/O Data Structure for Two RKll Disk
Controllers
I/O Data Structure
Difference Among Global and Local
Symbols
Task Header on an Unmapped System
Task Header on a Mapped System
Stack Structure: Internal SST Fault
Stack Structure: Abnormal SST Fault
Stack Structure: Data Items on Stack

8-23
8-24
8-25

8-25
8-27

B-3
E-5
E-5
E-6
E-7
E-8

APPENDIX A
RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES

A.l

RSX-llM DEVICE SUPPORT

RSX-llM is a disk based real-time operating system that runs on any
UNIBUS PDP-11 processor.
During system generation, the user can
configure RSX-llM for systems ranging in size
from
16Kto
1920K-words.
The user can generate RSX-llM as either a mapped or unmapped system.
A mapped system must include the KTll Memory Management Unit. Without
the KTll Memory Management Unit, RSX-llM supports between 16K- and
28K-words of memory. With the KTll, RSX-llM supports between 24K- and
124K-words of memory on processors other than the PDP-11/70.
RSX-llM
provides the same primary services ·for both mapped and unmapped
systems; however, some supplied optional features and separately
orderable options require hardware configurations larger than the
minimum supported system.
For complete and detailed information about minimum hardware required
for the different kinds of RSX-llM distribution kits, various op~ions,
and combinations of peripherals, see the DIGITAL Software Product
Description for RSXll-M, Version 3.1, Real Time Operating System and
the RSX-llM System Generation Manual.
The
RSX-llM
Operator's
Procedures Manual contains a table of RSX-llM peripheral, pseudo, and
null devices along with their respective identifiers (device-unit
names recognized by RSX-llM) •
RSX-llM supports the following:

A.1.1

Processors And Options
•

Any PDP-11 processor except the LSI-11 and PDP-11/03
- A minimum of 16K-words of memory (unmapped system)
- Between 24K and 124K-words of memory on a system other than
the PDP-11/70 (mapped system with the KTll Memory Management
Unit); and between 64K and 1920K-words on the PDP-11/70.
- KTll Memory Management Unit (requires a minimum of 24K-words
of memory}
- KEll-A,B Extended Arithmetic Element (on systems
memory management unit)
- KEll-E Extended Instruction Set
- KEll-F Floating Instruction Set

A-1

without

RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES
- FPll Floating Point Processor
- KWll-Y Watch-dog Timer Clock

A.1.2

Card Readers
•

CRll card reader

•

CMll card reader

A.1.3

Communications
•

DLll-E single line interface

•

DPll synchronous line interface

•

0011 synchronous line interface

•

DUPll synchronous line interface

•

DQll OMA synchronous line interface

DAll-B OMA UNIBUS link

•

DMCll interprocessor link

A.1.4

Data Acquisition

One or more of the following subsystems:
System

{requires

•

LPSll Laboratory
Peripheral
LPSAD-12, and LPSKW)

•

ARll Analog Real-time System

•

LPAll-K Laboratory Peripheral Accelerator

•

Laboratory
options:

I/O

Subsystem

configured

using

LPSll-S,

the

following

ADKll-KT 12-bit A/D converter with 16-channel
and dual clock; one per subsystem)

multiplexer

ADll-K 12-bit A/D converter with 16-channel multiplexer;
16
per subsystem
{15 if ADKll-KT is part of same
subsystem)

3.' KWll-K Dual real-time clock with Schmitt triggers; l
per
subsystem
(cloc:k already included in ADKll-KT, not KWll-K
required if one is present)
4.

AMll-K 48-channel A/D multiplexer with gain ranging;
per ADll-K or ADKll-KT

DRll-K 16-bit digital I/O option;

AAll-K 4-channel 12-bit D/A converter with scope
16 per subsystem

A-2

one

16 per subsystem
control,

RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES
A.l.S

Disk Devices
•

RXll floppy disk system

•

RFll fixed-head disk system

•

RKll disk cartridge controller with RKOSJ or RKOSF disk drives

•

RK6ll disk cartridge controller with RK06 or RK07 disk drives

•

RPR02 disk pack drives (with appropriate controller)

•

RP03 disk pack drives (with appropriate controller)

•

RP04, RPOS,
controller)

•

RS03 or RS04 fixed-head disks (with appropriate controller)

•

RM03 drives (with appropriate controller)

•

RLll disk cartridge controller with RLOl disk drives

•

RM02 drives (with appropriate controller)

A.1.6

RP06

disk

pack

drives

Laboratory/industrial Control
•

ADOl-D A/D converter

•

AFCll A/D converter

•

DRS/DSSll industrial control system modules

•

UDCll Universal Digital Controller

•

IDAll-AA Contact sense module

•

IDAll-AB Contact sense module

•

IDAll-BA Contact interrupt module

•

IDAll-BB Contact interrupt module

•

IDAll-CA I/O converter

IDAll-DA Solid state AC/DC driver

IDAll-EA Flip-flop DC driver

•

IDAll-FA Single shot driver

•

IDAll-GA Latching output relay

•

IDAll-HA Flip-flop output relay

•

IDAll-JA Single shot output relay

•

IAAll-AA Multi-range A/D converter

•

IAAll-BA D/A converter

•

IAAll-BB D/A converter

A-3

(with

appropriate

RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES
•

IAAll-BC D/A converter

•

IAAll-BD D/A converter

•

ICSll/ICRll Industrial Control subsystem

•

IDC-IA Isolated DC sense

•

IDC-IB Isolated DC interrupt

IDC-IC I/O counter

•

IDC-ID Non-isolated DC sense

•

IDC-IE Non-isolated DC interrupt

•

IAC-IA Isolated AC sense

•

IAC-IB Isolated AC interrupt

IDC-OA DC flip-flop driver

•

IDC-OB DC single shot driver

•

IAC-OA AC flip-flop driver

•

IAC-OB AC single shot driver

•

IRL-OA Latching output relay

•

IRL-OB Flip-flop output relay

•

IDA-OB 4-channel D/A converter

•

IAD-IA a-channel A/D converter

•

IMX-IA 16-channel multiplexer for IAD-IA

A.l. 7

Printers

• LA35 line printer
• LA180 line printer
• LSll line printer
• LPll line printer
• LVll line printer (no plotter support)
A.1.8

Tape Devices, Magnetic
•

TAll Dual drive cassette system

•

TCll DECtape controller and dual transport

•

TS03 magnetic tape transport (with appropriate controller)

•

TUlO magnetic tape transport (with appropriate controller)

A-4

RSX-llM SUPPORTED DEVICES

• TElO magnetic tape transport (with appropriate controller)
• TU16 magnetic tape transport (with appropriate controller)

• TE16 magnetic tape transpqrt (with appropriate controller)
• TU45 magnetic tape transport (with appropriate controller}
A.1.9

Tape Devices, Paper
•

PCll paper tape reader/punch

•

PRll paper tape reader

A.1.10

Terminals

•

LA30 terminal

•

LA36 terminal

•

LA180S terminal on the following line devices only:
- DHll serial line terminal rnulti_plexer (optional with DMll-BB
modern control}
- DZll serial line terminal multiplexer
- DJll serial line terminal multiplexer
- DLll-A,B,C,D,W single line terminal interface

•

LT33 terminal

•

LT35 terminal

•

VTOS terminal

•

VTSO terminal

•

VT52 terminal

•

VTSS terminal

A-5

APPENDIX B
CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS

B.l

CODING STANDARD INTRODUCTION

This Appendix contains DIGITAL's PDP-11 Program Coding Standard.
We
suggest that you use this standard for you own installation when
writing code, such as I/O drivers, for use with the PDP-11.

B.1.1

Line Format

All source lines consist of from one to a maximum of eighty characters
(not including the audit trail added by the SLIPR (SLP in RSX-llM)
editor). This program is described in the Rsx~llM utilities manual.
Assembly language code lines have the following format:
at

tab

stop

- the operation f iedl starts at

tab

stop

tab

stop

tab

stop

Label field - if present, the label
(column 1).

Operation field
(column 9) •

Operand field
(column 17) •

starts

Comments field - the comments field starts
(column 33) and may continue to column 80.

- the

operand

field

starts

Include comment lines in the code body by delimiting them with a line
that contains only a semicolon. The comment lines contain a leading
semicolon with the comment itself starting in column 3.
If the operand field extends beyond tab stop 4 (column 33), leave a
space and start the comment. Comments that apply to an instruction
but require continuation should always line up with the character that
started the comment.

B.1.2

Comments

Comment all coding to convey the global role of an instruction, rather
than a simple literal translation of the instruction into English. In
general, this consists of a comment for each line of code.
If a
particularly elegant instruction sequence is used, precede that
section of code with a paragraph of comments.
Delimit
preface
text,
program-local variables,

which
describes
formats,
algorithms,
etc., by the character sequence ;+at the

B-1

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
start of the text and ;- at the end.
These delimiters ease the
extraction of the text by a program which could be designed for the
purpose. The comments themselves start in column 3.
For example:
;+

THE INVERT ROUTINE l\CCEPTS
; A LIST OF RANDOM NUMBERS AND
; APPLIES THE KOLMOGOROV ALGORITHM
; TO THEM
;-

B.1.3

Naming Standards

B.1.3.1

B.1.3.1.1 General Purpose Registers - The following names are the
only ones permitted for register names and may not be used for other
purposes:

RO=O
Rl-;l
R2;2
R3;3
R4;4

R5;5
SP;6
PC~7

;REG 0
;REG 1
;REG 2
;REG 3
; REG 4
;REG 5
;STACK POINTER (REG 6)
;PROGRAM COUNTER (REG 7)

B.1.3.1.2 Hardware Registers - Name hardware registers identically to
the hardware definition. For example, PS and SWR.

B.1.3.1.3 Device Registers - Device registers are symbolically and
identically named to the hardware notation. For example, the control
status register for the RK disk is RKCS.
You may use only this
symbolic name to refer to this register.

B.l.3.2 Processor Priority - Use the following bits to test or
processor priority:

alter

PRO, PRl, PR2, .••••• PR7
The system equates thes bits to their corresponding bit pattern.

B.1.3.3 Other Symbols - Make frequently-used bit patterns, such as CR
and LF, conventional symbols on an as-needed basis.

B-2

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
B.l.3.4 Using the Standard Symbols - Register standards are defined
within the assembler. All other standard symbols appear in a file and
are linked prior to program execution.

B.1.4

Symbols

B.1.4.1 Global Symbols - You can easily recognize global symbols by
their format.
The following standards apply and completely define
symbol standards for PDP-11 Medium/Large software products.
Figure B-1 describes the difference among global and local symbols.

Character Positions
Symbol

Length

Non global
symbol

L, AN

AN or
null

>=l

Global
symbol

$ or

AN or
null

AN or
nuJ.l

AN or
null

>=l

Global
off set

$ or

AN or
null

or
null

>=3

Global bit
pattern

AN or
null

>=4

Local
symbol

. AN or
null

$ or

>•2

where:
L

is a letter

is an alphanumeric character

null

is no character

is a dollar sign (reserved for DEC-supplied software)
is a period (reserved for DEC-supplied software)

is a number in the range of 0 through 65535

means that branch targets in the form of x$, where
rtumber, are also called labels.
Figure B-1

Difference Among Global and Local Symbols

B-3

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
B.1.4.2

Symbol Examples - Non-global Symbols

AlB
ZXCJl
INS RT
Global Address Symbols
$JIM
.VECTR
$SEC
Global Absolute Off set Symbols
A$JIM
A$XT
A~ENT

Global Bit Pattern Symbols
Al$20
B3.6
JI.M
Local Symbols
37$

271$
6$

B.1.4.3 Program-Local Symbols - Self-relative
address
arithmetic
(.+n)
is absolutely forbidden in branch instructions.
It must not be
used in other contexts if at all possible.
Target labels (symbols) for: branches that exist
reference use local symbols of the form:

only

for

positional

<num>$:
Restrict use of global symbols to cases where reference to the symbol
occurs external to the code. The assembler formats local symbols to
proceed sequentially down the page and from page to page.

B.1.4.4 Macro Names - The last two characters in a macro name have
special significance. The! next to last character is a $ and the last
character specifies the mode of the macro.
(The last character may
also be a null character.)

B-4

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
For example, three macro forms exist:
in-line, stack, and p-section.
The in-line form has no suffix (the $ is last). The stack has an s as
the last character. The p-section has a C as the last character.
Thus,
the QUEUE I/O macro can be written in any one of the three
following ways:
QIO$
QIO$S
QIO$C
The letters S and C are not reserved but the
standard.

B.1.5

form

the

macro

Program Modules

a·.1.5.l General Comments on Programs - In DEC software,
a program
provides a single distinct function.
No limits exist on size, but the
single function limitation makes large modules a rarity.
Because any
software may exploit the memory capacity of the 11/40, 11/45, or
11/70, programs should maintain a dense reference locus
(branching
should occur over short address distances).
All code is read only. Code and data areas are distinct and each
contains explanatory text.
Read-only data should be segregated from
read-write data.

B.1.5.2 Module Preface - Each program module in the system exists as
a separate file.
The filename reflects the name of the module and the
extension is of the form 'NNN'. NNN signifies the edit number or the
version number.
The version number is changed only when a new base
level is created.
Furthermore, if no corrections are made to a file
from one base level to the next, the version number is not changed.
The availability if File Control Services and File Control Primitives
greatly simplify version number maintenance. Program modules adhere
to a strict format.
Reading and understanding the code is easier
because of this format.
The following sections are in each module:
For the code section:

A .TITLE statement that specifies the name of the module.
If
a module contains more than one routine, you may use
subtitles.

A .IDENT statement that specifies the version number.
PDP-11 version number standard appears in section B.10.

The

A .PSECT statement that defines the program section in
the module resides.

which

A copyright statement and the disclaimer.

The version number of the file.
The PDP-11 version number standard is
B.10.

B-5

described

section

CODING

S~l'ANDARDS

AND CONVENTIONS

The name of the principal author and the date
module was first created.

The name of each modifying author and the date of the
modification.
Names and modification dates appear one per
line and in cronological order.

A brief statement of the function of the module.
Note:

Items 1-8 should

a~pear

which

the

on the same page.

A list of the definitions of all equated local symbols used
in the module. These definitions appear one per line and in
alphabetical order.

10.

All local macro de:Einitions, preferably in alphabetical order
by name.

11.

All local data.

The data should indicate:

Description of each element (type, size, etc.}

Organization (functional, alpha, adjacent, etc.}

Adjacency requirements.

12.

A more detailed de:Einition of the .function of the module.

13.

A list of the inputs expected by the module.
the
calling
sequence
if non-standard,
settings, and global data settings.

14.

A list of the outputs produced as~ result of entering this
module.
These include delivered results, condition eode ·
settings, but not side effects.
(All these outputs are
visible to the caller.}

15.

A list of all effe<:ts (including side effects} produced as a
result of entering this module. Effects include alterations
in the state of the system not explicitly expected in the
calling sequence, or those not visible to the caller.

16.

The module code.

B.l.5.3

This includes
condition code

Formatting the Module Preface - Rules:

The first eight items appear on the same page and should not
have explicit headings. Item 3 may be omitted if the blank
P-section is being used.

Headings start at the left margin. The left margin consists
of a semi-colon followed by a space. Therefore, the heading
starts in column 3.
Indent descriptive text one
tab
position.

Items 7-14 have headings that start at the left margin and
are preceded and followed by lines that contain only a
leading semi-colon. Omit items that do not apply.

B-6

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
An example of a module preface follows:
FILE-EXAMPL.SOl
.TITLE
EXAMPLE
.IDENT
/01/
.PSECT
KERNEL
COPYRIGHT (C) 1978
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION, MAYNARD, MASS.
THIS SOFTWARE IS FURNISHED UNDER A LICENSE FOR USE ONLY ON A
SINGLE COMPUTER SYSTEM AND MAY BE COPIED ONLY WITH THE
INCLUSION OF THE ABOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICE. THIS SOFTWARE, OR
ANY OTHER COPIES THEREOF, MAY NOT BE PROVIDED OR OTHERWISE
MADE AVAILABLE TO ANY OTHER PERSON EXCEPT FOR USE ON SUCH
SYSTEM AND TO ONE WHO AGREES TO THESE LICENSE TERMS. TITLE
TO AND OWNERSHIP OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL AT ALL TIMES REMAIN
IN DEC.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT
NOTICE AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY DIGITAL
EQUIPMENT CORPORATION.
DEC ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE USE OR RELIABILITY OF
ITS SOFTWARE ON EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT SUPPLIED BY DEC.
VERSION 01
JOHN HANCOCK l-JAN-75
MODIFIED BY:
QUINCY ADAMS 21-JAN-76
JAMES MONROE 12-JUN-76
Brief statement of the module's function.
EQUATED SYMBOLS
List equated symbols.
LOCAL MACROS
Local macros
LOCAL DATA
Local data
:+

Module function details
INPUTS:
Description of inputs
OUTPUTS:
Description Of outputs
EFFECTS:

Descriptions of effects
Begin module code
B-7

CODING

S~l'ANDARDS

AND CONVENTIONS

B.1.5.4 Modularity - No other characteristic has more impact on the
ultimate engineering succE!SS of a system than does modularity.
Modularity for PDP-11 Software Engineering's products consists of the
application of the single-function philosophy described in section
B.5.1 and the adherence to a set of calling and return conventions.

B.1.5.5 Inter-Module Calling
conventions must be observed:

Conventions - The

following

calling

Transfer of Control
Macros exist for call and return. The actual transfer is by a
JSR PC instruction.
For register save routines, a JSR Rn,SAVE
instruction is permitted.
The CALL macro is:
CALL subroutine-name
The RETURN macro is:
RETURN
Register Conventions
Upon entry, a subroutine minimally saves. all registers it intends
to alter except result registers. Upon exit it restores these
registers.
(State pre~;ervation is assumed across calls.)
Argument Passing
Any registers may be used to pass arguments, but their use should
follow a coherent pattern.
For example, if passing three
arguments, pass them in RO, Rl, and R2 rather than RO, R2, and
RS. Saving and restoring occurs in one place.

B.l.5.6
macro.

Exiting - All subrciutine exits occur through a single

RETURN

B.1.5.7 Intra-Module Calling Conventions - These calling conventions
are designer optional, but consistency favors a calling sequence
identical to that of the inter-module sequence.

B.1.5.8 Success or Failure Indication - The C-bit indicates success
or failure where success equals 0 and failure equals 1. You can use
the argument registers to return values or additional success or
failure data. ·

B.1.5.9 Module Checking Routines - Modules must verify the validity
of arguments passed to them.
The design of a module's calling
sequence should aim at minimizing the validity checks by minimizing
invalid combinations.
You may add test code to perform additional
checks during checkout. All code should aim at discovering an error
as close (in terms of instruction executions) to its occurence as
possible.

B-8

CODI~G

B.1.6

STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS

Formatting Standards

B.1.6.1 Program Flow - Programs should be organized on the listing
such that they flow down the page, even at the cost of an extra branch
or jump. For example:

PROCESS

COMMON

shall appear on the listing as:
TST
BNE
AAA:
BR
BBB:

BBB
CMN

CMN:

Rather than:
TST
BNE
AAA:

BBB

CMN:
BBB:
BR

CMN

B-9

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
B.1.6.2 Common Exits - A common exit appears as the last code
sequence on the listing, illustrated by the following flow chart:

I I

PR2

J
l
EXIT

should appear on the listing as:
PRl:
BR
PR2:

EXIT

BR
PR3:

EXIT

BR
PR4:

EXIT

EXIT:
and not as:
PRl:
EXIT:
PR2:
BR
PR3:

EXIT

BR
PR4:

EXIT

B-10

PR3

PR4

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
B.1.6.3 Code
with
Interrupts
Inhibited - Code
instructions with interruptions inhibited, should
comment delimiter of three semicolons. For example:
•• ERTZ:
BIS
BIT
BEQ
RTT

;ENABLE BY RETURNING
;BY SYSTEM SUBROUTINES
;;; INHIBIT INTERRUPTS

PR7,PS
PR7 ,+2 (SP}

;~ ; c

10$

;n
; ; ;
; ; ;
; : ;
ii1

10$:

11 ;

,;;
B.1.7

that
executes
be flagged by a

o
M
M
E

N
T

Program Source Files

Creation of and maintenance of source code is done in base levels.
A
base level is defined as a point at which changing the program source
files is no longer allowed. From this "frozen" point to the next base
level, corrections are not made to the base level itself; rather, a
file of corrections is accumulated for each file in the base level.
Whenever a updated source file is desired, the correction file is
applied to the base file.
The accumulation of corrections proceeds until a logical breaking
point
has
occurred
(for example, a milestone or significant
implementation point is reached).
At this time, all accumulated
corrections are applied to the previous base level to create a new
base level. Correction files are then started for the new base level.

B.1.8

Forbidden Instruction Usage

The following instruction usage is not allowed:
1.

The use of intructions or index words as literals
previous instruction. For example, the sequence:
MOV

@PC,REGISTER

BIC

SRC,DST

the

uses the bit clear instruction as a literal. This may seem
to be a very good way to save a word but this compounds the
problem of program maintenance. To make matters worse, this
sequence does not execute correctly if I/D space is enabled
on the PDP-11/45. In this case, @PC is a D bank reference.
2.

The use of the MOV instruction instead of a JMP instruction
to
transfer program control to another location.
For
example:
MOV

ALPHA,PC

transfers control to location ALPHA. Besides taking longer
to execute (2.3 microseconds for the MOV vs. 1.2 for the
JMP) the use of MOV instead of JMP makes it nearly impossible
to pick up someone else's program and tell where transfers of
control take place. A jump trace of a program's execution is

B-11

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
impossible in this case {a move trace is unheard of) • As a
more general issue, other operations such as ADD and SUB from
the PC should be discouraged. Possibly one or two words can
be saved by using these operations, but occurences where
these operations can be used are rare.
3.

The seemingly clever use of all single word instructions
where one double-word instruction could be used, would
execute faster, and would not consume additional memory.
Consider the following instruction sequence:
CMP

-(Rl) ,(-Rl)

CMP

-(Rl) ,-(Rl)

The intent of this instruction sequence is to subtract 8 from
register Rl (not to set condition codes).
This can be
accomplished in approximately 1/3 the time by using a SUB
instruction (9.4 vs. 3.8 microseconds) at no additional cost
in memory space. Also, if Rl is odd this instruction does
not give the correct result. The SUB instruction is always
faster and always executes correctly.

B.1. 9

Recommended Coding :?ractice

B.1.9.l Conditional Branches - When using the
branch instructions, the correct choice must
signed and the unsigned branches.
Signed

Unsigned

BGE
BLT
BGT
BLE

BHIS (BCC)
BLO
BHI
BLOS (BCS)

PDP-11 conditional
be made between the

A common pitfall is to use a signed branch (for example, BGT) when
comparing two memory addresses.
This compare works until the two
addresses have opposite signs~ that is, one of them goes across the
16K (100000(8)) boundary.
This type of coding error usually occurs
when a program is re-linked at different addresses or the program's
size is changed.

B.1.10

PDP-11 Version Number Standard

The PDP-11 Version Number Standard applies to all modules, parameter
files, complete programs, and libraries that are written as par~ of
the PDP-11 Software Development
effort.
It
provid~s
unique
identification of all released, pre-released, and in-house software.
It is limited because, as currently specified, only six characters of
identification
are
used.
Future implementations of the ~aero
Assembler, Task Builder, and Librarian should provide for at least

B-12

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
nine characters, and possibly twelve. This standard will change as
the need arises. The version identifier takes the following form:
Version Identifier = <form> <version> <edit> <patch>
<form>

Identifies a particular form of a module or
program, where applicable, as in the case of
LINK-11. One alphabetic character, if used, and
null (for example, a binary 0) if not used.

Identifies the release or generation of a program.
The version number is two decimal digits that
start at 00 and is incremented at the discretion
of the project to reflect a maj-0r change.

<edit>

Identifies the level to which a particular release
or generation of a program or module has been
edited. An edit is an alteration to the source
form.
The edit number consists of two decimal
digits that begin at
01.
The
number
is
incremented with each edit and remains null if no
edit occurs.

<patch>

Identifies the level to which a particular release
or generation of a program or module has been
patched. A patch is an alteration to a binary
form.
The patch identification consists of one
alphabetic character- ·that starts at B.
The
character is changed toward z each time a set of
patches is released and remains null if no patches
are made.

These fields are interrelated. When version is changed, patch and
edit must be reset to nulls.
When edit is incremented, patch is
re-set to null because various bugs have been fixed.

B.1.10.1 Displaying the Version Identifier - The
the version identifier should appear as:

visible

output

Key <letter> <form> <version> - <edit> <patch>
where the following Key letters have been identified:
V

X
Y

released or frozen version
in-house experimental version
field test, pre-release, or in-house release version

and 'V' to company support.
Use the dash that separates version from edit only if edit or patch is
not null. When a version identifier is displayed as part of a program
identification, the format is:
Program
<space><key-letter><form><version>-<edit><patch>
Name
Examples:
PIP X03
LINK VB04-C
MACRO YOS-01

B-13

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
B.1.10.2 Use of the Version Number in the Program - All sources must
contain the version number in an .IDENT directive. For programs (or
libraries) that consist of more than one module, each individual
module follows this version number standard. The version number of
the program or library is not necessarily related to the version
numbers of the consituent modules: it is perfectly reasonable, for
example, that the first version of a new FORTRAN library, VOO, contain
an existing SIN routine, say VOS-01.
Parameter files are also required to contain the version number in an
.IDENT directive. Because the assembler records the last .!DENT seen,
parameter files must precede the program.
Entities that consist of a collection of modules or programs (for
example, the FORTRAN library) have an identification module in the
first position. An identification module exists solely to provide
identification and normally consists of something like:
:OTS IDENTIFICATION
.TITLE FTNLIB
.!DENT /003010/
.END

B.l.11

Co-routines

In some cases, two program routines are-highly interactive. They then
use a special case of the JSR instruction ( JSR PC,@(SP)+ ) • This
form of the JSR instruction exchanges the top element of the stack and
the contents of the program counter (PC). In this way, two routines
may swap program control and resume operation where they stopped, when
recalled. Such routines are called co-routines.
This swapping of control is illustrated below with an actual
of instructions from RSX-llM Executive code (Version 3.1).
CODE
$DRECP::
CALLR $NXTSK
(1) (JMP $NXTSK)
$NXTSK::
SAVNR
(1) (JSR R5,$SAVNR)
(2) MOV P.MAIN(RO) ,RS

ACTION

sequence

STACK

Address of caller
of $DRECP
>

CALLER ADR

(1) PC=Address of $NXTSK

STACK
(1) Push RS contents onto
stack (save RS).
Put address of next
instruction (2) into RS
(return address) •
Put address of $SAVNR
into PC.

B-14

CALLER ADR
RS

CODING STANDARDS AND CONVENTIONS
$SAVNR::
(1) MOV R4 , (SP)
( 2) MOV RS , (SP)
(3) MOV 4{SP) ,RS
(4) CALL @(SP)+
(JSR PC,@(SP)+)
(S) MOV (SP)+,R4
(6) MOV (SP)+,RS
(7) RETURN
(RTS PC)

(1) Save R4 on stack
(2) Save RS on stack
(3) Restore saved RS from

STACK
CALLER ADR

the stack into RS
(4) Pop "call to" address
(address of step (2) in
$NXTSK) into PC.
Push address of next
instruction (5) onto
stack.

$NXTSK::
SAVNR
(1) MOV P.MAIN(RO) ,RS (1) Start $NXTSK processing
here.
(2) Pop address of (5), in
$SAVNR, into PC.
(2) RETURN
(RTS PC)

RS
R4
( s)

STACK
CALLER ADR
RS
R4

$SAVNR::

STACK
(5) Pop saved R4 into R4.

(5) MOV (SP)+,R4
(6) MOV (SP)+,RS
( 7)

RETURN
(RTS PC)

( 6)

Pop saved RS in_to RS.

(7) Return to caller ·of

$DRECP.

B-lS

CALLER ADR

APPENDIX C
MACRO EXPANSIONS

C.l

C.1.1

COMMAND STRING INTERPRETER MACRO EXPANSIONS

CSI$1 Macro

This macro calls the command string syntax analyzer •
. MACRO CSI$1 CSBLK,BUFF,LEN
.GLOBL .CSil
.MCALL CSI$,LDR0$
.IF NDF C.SIZE
CS!$
.ENDC
LOR0$ CSBLK
.IF NB <BUFF>
MOV BUFF,C.CMLD+2(R0)
.ENDC
• IF NB <LEN>
MOV LEN,C.CMLO(RO)
.ENOC
JSR PC, .CSil
.ENOM

C.1.2

CSI$2 Macro

This macro calls the command string semantic parser .
• MACRO CSI$2 CSBLK,IO,SWTAB
.GLOBL .CSI2
.MCALL CSI$,LOR0$
.IF NDF C.SIZE
CSI$
.ENOC
LOR0$ CSBLK
.IF NB <IO>
.IF ION <INPUT>,<IO>
MOVB #CS.INP,(RO)
.IFF
.IF ION <OUTPUT>,<IO>
MOVB #CS.OUT, (RO)
.IFF
.ERROR
~Incorrect request to .CSI2
.ENOC
.ENOC
.ENOC

C-1

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF NB <SWTAB>
MOV SWTAB,C.SWAD(RO)
.ENDC
JSR PC, .CSI2
.ENDM

C.1.3

CSI$SW Macro

This macro defines the switch table entry •
• MACRO CSI$SW SW,MK,MKW,CLR,NEGS,VALTAB,LNG
.IF B,SW
.ERROR
;Missing switch name
.IFF
.EVEN
;Force to word alignment
.NCHR SIZ$$,SW
;Set SIZ$$ to no. of chars in sw
.IF GT,SIZ$$-2
;If string is longer than 2 chars
.IF B,LNG
;and not "long" or "exact"
SIZ$$=2
;trim it back to 2 characters
.ENDC
.ENDC
CNT$$=0
.IRPC CHR$$$,SW
;For each character in SW
CHR$$= I I CHR$$$
CNT$$=CNT$$+1
.IF GE,<CHR$$-<'A+A040>> ;If .GE. -lower case A
.IF LE,<CHR$$-<'Z+A040>> ~ and .LE. lower case z
CHR$$=CHR$$-A040
; convert to upper case alpha
.ENDC
.ENDC
.IF LE,CNT$$-SIZ$$
;If more characters to store
$.=O
;If "long" or "exact"
.IF NB,LNG
;If "exact"
.IF IDN,<LNG>,<EXACT>
.IF GT,CNT$$&1
; and if first byte of word
.IF
GE,CNT$$+1-SIZ$$ ; and if last word in switch name
$$="0200
; then set the exact match flag
.ENDC
.IFF
;If 2nd byte of word
.IF LT,CNT$$-SIZ$$
; and if not the last character
$$="'0200
: set the "more ASCII words
: coming" bit
.ENDC
.ENDC
;End of "if first byte of word"
;If not '"exact"
.IFF
.IF
IDN,<LNG>,<LONG> ;Must be "long", otherwise error
.IF EQ,CNT$$&1
;If 2nd byte of word
.IF LT,CNT$$-SIZ$$
and not the last character
$$="'020
; set the "more ASCII words
; coming" bit
.ENDC
.ENDC
;If not "long"
.IFF
.ERROR
;Illegal "long" or "exact"
; specifier
;End of if "long"
.ENDC
.ENDC
;End of if "exact"
.ENDC
;End of IF NB,LNG
.BYTE CHR$$!$$
;Generate a character
;End of "if more characters"
.ENDC
;End of the IRPC loop
.ENDM
;Round up to next word boundary
.EVEN

C-2

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.ENDC
• IF NB MK
.WORD MK
.IFF
.WORD 0
.ENOC

;End of

~IF

B,SW

$$=0

• IF NB CLR
.IF ION <CLEAR>,<CLR>
.IFF
.IF ION <SET>,<CLR>
.!FF
.ERROR
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDC
.WORD MKW+$$

;Invalid set/clear spec

$$=0

• IF NB NEGS
.IF IDN <NEG>,<NEGS>
$$=1

.IFF
.ERROR
.ENDC
.ENDC
.WORD VALTAB+$$
.ENDM

C.1.4

;Invalid negate spec

CSI$ND Macro

This macro defines the end of the switch value table end •
• MACRO CSI$ND
.WORD 0
.ENDM

C.1.5

CSI$SV Macro

This macro defines the switch value table entry .
• MACRO CSI$SV TYPE,ADDR,LEN,VALTAB
.IF NB VALTAB
VALTAB:

.ENDC
.IF NB TYPE
.IF ION <ASCII>,<TYPE>
.BYTE 1
.IFF
.IF IDN <NUMERIC>,<TYPE>
.BYTE 2
.IFF
.IF IDN <OCTAL>,<TYPE>
.BYTE 2
.IFF
.IF IDN <DECIMAL>,<TYPE>
.BYTE 3
.!FF
.ERROR
;Invalid conversion type
.ENOC

C-3

K~CRO

.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDC
.IFF
.BYTE l
.ENDC
• IF NB LEN
.BYTE LEN
.IFF
.ERROR
.BYTE 0
.ENDC
.IF NB ADDR
.WORD ADDR
.IFF
.ERROR
.WORD 0
.ENDC
.ENDM

C.1.6

EXPANSIONS

;ASCII conversion assumed

;Length missing

;Value address missing

LDR0$ Macro

This macro conditionally loads RO .
• MACRO LDR0$ ARG
.!IF B,ARG,.MEXIT
.NTYPE PAR$$$,ARG
.!IF EQ,PAR$$$,.MEXIT
MOV ARG ,RO
.ENDM

C.1.7

CSI$ Macro

This macro defines command string interpreter symbols •
• MACRO CSI$ GBL
.IF ION <GBL>,<DEF$G>
.GLOBL C.TYPR,C.STAT,C.CMLD,C.DEVD,C.DIRD,C.FILD,C.SWAD
.GLOBL C.MKW1,C.MKW2
.GLOBL C.SIZE,C.DSDS,CS.INP,CS.OUT
.GLOBL CS.NMF,CS.DIF,CS.DVF,CS.WLD,CS.MOR,CS.EQU
.ENDC
C.TYPR=O
C.STAT=l
C.CMLD=2
C.DEVD=6
C .DIRD="O<l2>
C.FILD="'O<l6>

C.SWAD="0<22>
C.MKW1="'0<24>

;Request type (for CSI2)
;Status (from CSI2)
;Length of command string buffer
;Address of command string buffer
;Length of device name string
;Address of most r~cent device
; name string
;Length of most recent DIR info
;Address of DIR info
;Length appropriate to C.FILD+2
;CSil - address of string seg
; where error occurred
;CSI2 - address of file name for
; current request
;Address of current switch table
;OR of masks for all switches
; found this call

C-4

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.MKW2="0<26>

;On/off settings of masks for
; switches found
;Size of CSI control block (in
; bytes)
;Displacement to 6 word block for
; FCS

C.SIZE="'0<54>
C.DSDS=C.DEVD
;C.TYPR VALUES
CS.INP=l
CS.OUT•2
;C.STAT VALUES
CS.NMF=l
CS.DIF=2
CS.DVF=4
CS.WLD="O<lO>
CS.MOR="0<20>
CS.EQU•"0<40>

C.2

;Request input string
;Request output string
;l = File name specified this seg
; of string
;l = Dir info specified this seg
; of string
;l = Device name specified this
; seg of string
;File name has wild card switch
;More string segs follow
;Equal sign seen by CSil

DIRECTIVE MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO CALL ADR
JSR PC,ADR
.ENDM CALL
• MACRO RETURN
RTS PC
.ENDM RETURN
.MACRO CALLR ADR
JMP ADR
.ENDM CALLR

C.2.1

ABRT$C Macro

ABRT$C generates a DPB for the ABORT TASK directive in
PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

separate

ABRT$C TSK,PSCT,ERR

Description: ABRT$C generates a DPB for the ABORT TASK directive in
the separate $DPB$$ program section and generates an EMT 377 in the
program section specified by PSCT. TSK, the task name, is the only
argument required for the DPB definition. The optional argument, ERR,
must be a valid assembler destination operand specifying an error
routine address. Because this routine invokes ABRT$, the same factors
govern the expansion of code and symbolic offsets •
• MACRO ABRT$C TSK,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL ABRT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
ABRT$ TSK
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ABRT$C

c-s

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.2

ABRT$S Macro

ABRT$S pushes a DPB for the ABORT T.ASK
generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

directive

the

stack

and

ABRT$S NAMADR,E:RR

Description: ABRT$S pushes a DPB for the ABORT TASK dir.ective on the
stack.
The argument, NAMJ!~DR, must be a valid assembler operand that
yields the address of a double-word with the task name in RADIX-SO.
ABRT$S then generates an EMT 377 and considers the optional argument,
ERR, the error routine address •
• MACRO ABRT$S NADR,E!RR
.MCALL RFA$,DIR$
RFA$ NADR
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 83., 3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ABRT$S

C.2.3

ABRT$ Macro

The ABRT$ macro generates a DPB for the ABORT TASK directive.
Macro call:

ABRT$ TSK

Description: This macro crE~ates a DPB for the ABORT TASK
The argument, TSK, is the name of the task to be aborted.

directive.

This macro defines the following symbolic offset:
A.BTTN-(length is 4 bytes) Task name.
The ABRT$ macro generates the A.BTTN symbolic offset only when the
$$$GLB is defined.
The symbol, A.BTTN, is a global symbol in this
case.
.MACRO ABRT$ TSK
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 83.,3
R50$ TSK
.ENDC
.IF NDF A.BTTN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ A.BTTN,4
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM ABRT$

C.2.4

ALTP$C Macro

The ALTP$C macro generates a DPB for the ALTER TASK PRIORITY directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified
PSECT.
Macro call:

ALTP$C TTASK,NPRIO,PSCT,ERR

C-6

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates a DPB for the ALTER TASK PRIORITY
directive in the programsection named $DPB$$. The DPB parameters are
described in the ALTP$ macro. Then the macro generates an EMT 377
in
the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR
error service address.
The ALTP$ macro controls symbolic offset
generation •
• MACRO ALTP$C TTASK,NPRIO,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL ALTP$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
.IFTF
ALTP$ TTASK,NPRIO
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ALTP$C

C.2.5

ALTP$S Macro

The ALTP$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
PRIORITY directive on the stack followed by EMT 377.
Macro call:

ALTER

TASK

ALTP$S NAMADR,NPRIO,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for ALTER
TASK PRIORITY on the stack. The argument, TNAMADR, must be a valid
assembler source operand that yields the address of a double-word
containing the RADIX-SO name specified in the ALTP$ macro. The macro
then generates an EMT 377. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error
service address •
• MACRO ALTP$S NAME,PRI,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,RFA$,DIR$
MOV$ PRI
RFA$ NAME
MOV {PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 9.,4
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ALTP$S

C.2.6

ALTP$ Macro

The ALTP$ macro generates a DPB for the ALTER TASK PRIORITY directive.
Macro call:

ALTP$ TTASK,NPRIO

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the ALTER TASK PRIORITY
directive. The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:
TTASK=Name of target task for new priority
NPRIO=New priority for task
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
A.LTTN-(length 4 bytes) target task name,
T.LTPR-(length 2 bytes) new priority

C-7

l~CRO

EXPANSIONS

If the macro is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, the ALTP$
macro does not generate the DPB and ALTP$ defines the offsets as
global symbols •
• MACRO ALTP$ NAME,P:RI
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 9., 4
R50$ NAME
.WORD PR!
•.ENDC
.IF NDF A.LTTN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFFS A.LTTN,4
OFF$ A.LTPR,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM ALTP$

C.2.7

ALUN$C Macro

The ALUN$C macro generates a DPB for the ASSIGN LUN directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro Call:

ALUN$C LUN,DEVNAM,DEVNUM,PSCT;ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the ASSIGN LUN directive
in the program section named $DPB$$. The arguments through DEVNUM are
the DPB parameters as described for the ALON$ macro. The macro then
generates an EMT 377 in the program section as specified by PSCT. The
argument, ERR is as described for the DIR$ macro. For an explanation
of symbolic offsets, see the ALUN$ macro •

$$$=.

• MACRO ALUN$C LUN,DA,DU,CS,ERR
.MCALL ALUN$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
.IFTF
ALUN$ LUN,DA,DU
• IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ALUN$C

C.2.8

ALUN$S Macro

The ALUN$S"macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

ASSIGN

LUN

ALUN$S LUN,DEVNAM,DEVNUM,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
ASSIGN LUN directive on the stack. The arguments through DEVNUM must
be valid assembler source operands, and they must specify· the DPB
parameters listed in the ALUN$ macro. The DIR$ macro describes the
ERR argument.

C-8

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO ALON$S LUN,DA,DU,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ DU
MOV$ DA
MOV$ LUN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 7,4
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ALUN$S

ALON$ Macro

C.2.9

The ALON$ macro generates a DPB for the ASSIGN LUN directive.
Macro call:

ALON$ LON,DEVNAM,DEVNOM

Description: This macro creates a DPB for the ASSIGN LON
·The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:

directive.

LON=Logical unit number,
DEVNAM=Physical device name ·(two characters),
DEVNUM=Physical device unit number.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
A.LULU-(length 2 bytes) Logical unit number,
A.LUNA-(2) Physical device name,
A.LUNU-(2) Physical device unit number.
If the macro is invoked with the symbol, $$$GLB, defined, ALUN$ does
not generate the DPB and ALUN$ defines the offsets as global symbols •
• MACRO ALUN$ LUN,DA,DU
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 7,4
.WORD LUN
.IF B <DA>
.WORD 0
.IFF
.NCHR $$$Tl,<DA>
$$$T2=.
.ASCII /DA/
.=$$$T2+2
.ENDC
.WORD DU
.ENDC
.IF NDF A.LULU
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<A.LULU,2>,<A.LUNA,2>,<A.LUNU,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM ALON$

C-9

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.10

ASTX$C Macro

The ASTX$C macro generates a DPB for the AST SERVICE EXIT directive in
a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified program
PSECT.
Macro call:

ASTX$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro gE?nerates a DPB for the AST SERVICE EXIT
directive in the program section named $DPB$$. The argument, PSCT, is
the program section in which to generate an EMT 377. The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR argument •
• MACRO ASTX$C PSCT ,,ERR
.MCALL ASTX$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$•.
.IFTF
ASTX$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ASTX$C

C.2.11

ASTXfS Macro

The ASTX$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the AST
EXIT directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

SERVICE

ASTXSS ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the AST
SERVICE EXIT directive Qn the stack.
Then a MONITOR TRAP is
generated. The error routine address argument, ERR, results in an an
unconditional call following the EMT because control should never be
returned on the AST exit.
ACRO ASTX$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 115. ,1
DIR$
.IIF NB <ERR>, JSR PC,ERR
.ENDM ASTX$S

C.2.12

ASTX$ Macro

The ASTX$ macro generates a DPB for the AST SERVICE EXIT directive.
Macro Call:

ASTX$

Description: This macro creates a
directive. It takes no arguments.

C-10

DPB

for

the

AST

SERVICE

EXIT

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note: If the symbol, $$$GLB, is defined, this macro does not generate
any code •
• MACRO ASTX$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 115 • , 1
.ENDC
.ENDM ASTX$

C.2.13

CINT$C Macro

The CINT$C macro generates a DPB in a separate PSECT for
the CONNECT
TO INTERRUPT VECTOR directive followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

CINT$C VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST,PSCT,ERR

Description: CINT$C generates a DPB in the program section named
$DPB$$ for the CONNECT TO INTERRUPT VECTOR directive. CINT$ describes
the the DPB parameters. CINT$C then generates an EMT 377 in the
program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error
service address •
• MACRO CINT$C VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL CINT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
CINT$ VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST
.!FT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
• ENDM CINT$ C

C.2.14

CINT$S Macro

The CINT$S macro generates the code to push a DPB on the stack for the
CONNECT TO INTERRUPT VECTOR directive followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

CINT$S VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST,ERR

Description: CINT$S generates the code to push a DPB for the CONNECT
TO INTERRUPT VECTOR directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be
valid assembler source operands and then must specify the information
described in the CINT$ macro. The macro, RVP$, pushes the arguments
on the stack in reverse order. CINT$S also generates an EMT 377 and
uses the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro .
• MACRO CINT$S VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST,ERR
.MCALL RVP$,DIR$
RVP$ VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 129 • , 7
DIR$ ,ERR
• ENDM C INT$ S

c-11

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.15

CINT$ Macro

CINT$ generates a DPB for the CONNECT TO INTERRUPT VECTOR directive.
Macro call:

CINT$ VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST

Description: CINT$ generates a DPB for the CONNECT TO INTERRUPT
VECTOR directive.
The arguments are assumed to have the following
meanings:
VEC

=Must be in the range 60(8) through the highest vector
specified during SYSGEN, and must be a multiple of 4.

BASE = Virtual base address for kernel APR 5 mapping of the ISR,
and enable/disable interrupt routines -- This address is
automatically truncated to a 32(10)-word boundary.
The
"base" argument is ignored in an unmapped system.
ISR

= Virtual address of the ISR, or 0 to
interrupt vector.

disconnect

from

the

DSI

= Virtual address of the enable/disable interrupt routine.
PSW = Initial priority at which the ISR is to execute -This is normally equal to the hard-wired
interrupt
priority, and is expressed in the form n*40, where n is a
number in the range 0-7. This form puts the value in bits
5-7 of pri.
It is recom~ended that the programmer make
use of the symbols PR4, PR5, PR6, and PR7 for this
purpose. These are implemented via the macro HWDDF$ found
in [l,l]EXEMC.MLB.
AST =Virtual address of an AST
routine to be entered after the fork level routine queues
an AST.

The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
C. INVE
C. INBA
C.INIS
C.INDI
C. INPS
C. INAS

Vector address (2)
Base address (2)
ISR address (2)
Enable/disable interrupt routine address (2)
Priority (2)
AST address (2)

If the macro is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, the CINT$
macro does not generate the DPB and CINT$ defines the offsets as
global sym};>ols .
• MACRO CINT$ VEC,BASE,ISR,DSI,PSW,AST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 129.,7
.WORD VEC
.WORD BASE
. WORD ISR
.WORD DSI
.WORD PSW
.WORD AST
.ENDC
. IF NDF C • INVE
OFF$
OFF$ C.INVE,2
OFF$ C.INBA,2
OFF$ C.INIS,2

c-12

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFF$ C.INDI,2
OFF$ C.INPS,2
OFF$ C.INAS,2
.ENDC
.ENDM CINT$

C.2.16

CLEF$C Macro

The CLEF$C macro generates a DPB for the CLEAR EVENT FLAG directive in
a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified program
PSECT.
Macro call:

CLEF$C EFN,PSCT,ERR

This macro generates a DPB for the CLEAR EVENT FLAG
directive 1n the $DPB$$ program section. The CLEF$ macro describes
the DPB parameters. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the
program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error
service address.
The CLEF$
macro
controls
symbolic
address
generation .

Description~

. MACRO CLEF$C EFN,CS,ERR
.MCALL CLEF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB .
• PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
CLEF$ EFN
• IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM CLEF$C

C.2.17

CLEF$S Macro

The CLEF$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the CLEAR
FLAG directive on the stack followe by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

EVENT

CLEF$S EFN,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
CLEAR EVENT FLAG directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be
valid assembler source operands, and they must specify the information
described in the CLEF$ macro. This macro also generates a monitor
trap, using the error service address, ERR, as described in the DIR$
macro.
.MACRO CLEF$S EFN,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ EFN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 31.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM CLEF$S

C-13

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.18

CLEF$ Macro

The CLEF$ macro generates a DPB for the CLEAR EVENT FLAG directive.
Macro call:

CLEF$ EFN

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the CLEAR EVENT FLAG
directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
EFN=EVENT FLAG NUMBER.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
C.LEEF-(length 2 bytes) Event flag number.
If the macro is invoked with the symbol, $$$GLB, defined, CLEF$ does
not generate the DPB and CLEF$ defines the offset as a global symbol •
. MACRO CLEF$ EFN
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 31.,2
.WORD EFN
.ENDC
.IF NDF C.LEEF
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ C.LEEF,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM CLEF$

C.2.19

CMKT$C Macro

The CMKT$C macro generates a DPB for
the CANCEL MARK-TIME REQUESTS
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro Call:

CMKT$C EFN,AST,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the CANCEL MARK-TIME
REQUESTS directive in the $DPB$$ program section. The CMKT$S macro
describes the DPB parameters. Then the macro generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in the PSCT argument. The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address •
. MACRO CMKT$C EFN,AST,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL CMKT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
. IFTF
CMKT$ EFN,AST
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM CMKT$C

C-14

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.20

CMKT$S Macro

The CMKT$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the CANCEL
MARK-TIME REQUESTS directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

CMKT$S EFN,AST,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
CANCEL MARK-TIME REQUESTS directive on the stack. The DPB arguments
must be valid assembler source operands, and they must specify the
information described in the CMKT$ macro. The macro also generates an
EMT 377. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error service address.
Note:
The EFN and AST arguments
are
compatibility with RSX-llD.
Despite the
specified, the CMKT$S macro ignores them •

required
to
maintain
fact that they must be

• MACRO CMKT$S EFN,AST,ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 27.,l
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM CMKT$S

C.2.21

CMKT$ Macro

The CMKT$ macro generates a DPB
directive.

for

the

CANCEL

Description: This macro generates a
REQUESTS directive.

DPB

for

Macro call:

MARK-TIME

REQUESTS

CANCEL

MARK-TIME

CMKT$ EFN,AST
the

Note:
The EFN and AST arguments
are
required
to
maintain
compatibility with RSX-llD.
Despite the fact that they must be
specified, the CMKT$ macro ignores them.
If the $$$GLB symbol is
defined, this macro does not generate any code •
• MACRO CMKT$ EFN,AST
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 27.,l
.ENDC
.ENDM CMKT$

C.2.22

CSRQ$C Macro

The CSRQ$C macro generates a DPB for
the CANCEL SCHEDULED REQUESTS
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

CSRQ$C TTASK,RTASK,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the CANCEL SCHEDULED
REQUESTS directive in the $DPB$$ program section. The DPB parameters
are described in the CSRQ$ macro. Then the macro generates an EMT 377
in the original program section named in PSCT.
The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address.
The CSRQ$ macro controls
symbolic address generation.

C-15

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note: Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
CSRQ$ macro below •

the

. MACRO CSRQ$C TT ,R~r ,CS ,ERR
.MCALL CSRQ$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
CSRQ$ TT,RT
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM CSRQ$C

C.2.23

CSRQ$S Macro

The CSRQ$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the CANCEL
SCHEDULED REQUESTS directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

CSRQ$S TNAMAD:R,RNAMADR,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for CANCEL
SCHEDULED REQUESTS on the stack. The TNAMADR and RNAMADR arguments
must be valid assembler source operands that yield the addresses of
double-words containing the RADIX-SO names specified in the CSRQ$
macro. The macro then generates an EMT 377. The DIR$ macro describes
the ERR error service address.
Note: Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
CSRQ$ macro below .

the

. MACRO CSRQ$S TN,RN,ERR
.MCALL RFA$,DIR$
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP}
.BYTE 25.,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM CSRQ$S

C.2.24

CSRQ$ Macro

The CSRQ$ macro generates a DPB
directive.
Macro call:

for

the

CANCEL

SCHEDULED

REQUESTS

CSRQ$ TTASK ,R'rASK

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the CANCEL SCHEDULED
REQUESTS directive.
The arguments are assumed to have the following
meanings:
TTASK=Scheduled (target) task name,
RTASK=Scheduler ( requ·ester) task name.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
C.SRTN-(length 4 bytes) target task name,
C.SRRN-(4) requester task name.
C-16

MACRO EXPANSIONS
If the macro is invoked with the $$$G.LB symbol defined, CSRQ$ does not
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets.
Note:
The RTASK argument is required to maintain compatibility with
RSX-llD.
Despite the fact that it must be specified, the CSRQ$ macro
ignores it •
• MACRO CSRQ$ TT,RT
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 25.,3
R50$ TT
.ENDC
.IF NDF C.SRTN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ C.SRTN,4
OFF$ C.SRRN,4
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM CSRQ$

C.2.25

DECL$C Macro

The DECL$C macro generates a DPB for
the DECLARE SIGNIFICANT EVENT
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified program section.
Macro call:

DECL$C EFN,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the DECLARE SIGNIFICAN!
EVENT directive in the $DPB$$ program section.
This macro also
generates an EMT 377 in the user specified program section, PSCT, with
the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro.
Note: The EFN argument is required to maintain compatibility with
RSX-110. Despite the fact that it must be specified, the DECL$C macro
ignores it •
. MACRO DECL$C EFN,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL DECL$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
DECL$ EFN
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM DECL$C

C.2.26

DECL$S Macro

The DECL$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the DECLARE
SIGNIFICANT EVENT directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

DECL$S EFN,ERR

C-17

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
DECLARE SIGNIFICANT EVEN~~ directive on the stack. The DPB arguments
must be valid assembler source operands, and they must specify the
information described in the DECL$ macro. This macro also generates
an EMT 377, using the ERR E~rror service address as described in the
DIR$ macro.
Note: The EFN argument is required to maintain compatibility with
RSX-llD.
Despite the fact: that it must be specified, the DECL$ macro
ignores it •
• MACRO DECL$S EFN ,E:RR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 35.,l
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM DECL$S

C.2.27

DECL$ Macro

The DECL$ macro generates a DPB
directive.
Macro call:

for

the

DECLARE

SIGNIFICANT

EVENT

DECL$ EFN

Description: This macro ge~nerates a DPB-for the DECLARE SIGNIFICANT
EVENT directive.
DECL$ ignores the EFN argument but EFN must be
present to maintain compatibility with RSX-llD .
. MACRO DECL$ EFN
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 35.,l
.ENDC
.ENOM DECL$

C.2.28

DIR$ Macro

DIR$ generates an RSX-llM directive call (EMT 377) with a
DPB.
Macro call:

pre-defined

DIR$ ADR,ERR

Description: The argument, ADR, must be a valid assembler source
operand. It pushes the DPB address on the stack. DIR$ then generates
an EMT 377 to trap to the Executive. The argument, ERR, is optional.
If ERR is defined, it must be a valid assembler destination operand to
permit the execution of a JUMP TO SUBROUTINE instruction to an error
handler if the directive CALL fails .
• MACRO DIR$ ADR,ERR
• IF NB <ADR>
MOV ADR,- {SP)
.ENDC
EMT "'0<377>
.IIF NB <ERR>, .MCALL ERR$
.IIF NB <ERR>, ERR$ ERR
.ENDM DIR$

C-18

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.29

DSAR$C Macro

The DSAR$C macro generates the DPB for
the DISABLE AST RECOGNITION
directive in a separate program section followed by an EMT 377 in the
user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

DSAR$C PSCT,ERR

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for
the DISABLE
AST
RECOGNITION directive in the PSECT $DPB$$ followed by an EMT 377 in
the program section specified in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the
ERR error service address •
• MACRO DSAR$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL DSAR$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
DSAR$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM DSAR$C

C.2.30

DSAR$S Macro

The DSAR$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the DISABLE
RECOGNITION directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

AST

DSAR$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the DISABLE AST RECOGNITION directive on the stack.
Then the macro
generates an EMT 377, using the ERR error service address,
described
in the DIR$ macro •
. MACRO DSAR$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 99.,1
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM DSAR$S

C.2.31

DSAR$ Macro

The DSAR$ macro generates
directive.
Macro call:

DPB

for

the

DISABLE

AST

RECOGNITION

DSAR$

Description:
This macro
RECOGNITION directive •

generates

. MACRO DSAR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 99., 1
.ENDC
.ENDM DSAR$

C-19

DPB

for

the

DISABLE

AST

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.32

DSCP$C Macro

The DSCP$C macro generates a DPB for the DISABLE CHECKPOINTING
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

DSCP$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the DISABLE CHECKPOINTING
directive in the $DPB$$ prog~am section and an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSCT program section. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR
error service address •
. MACRO DSCP$C PSCT ,:E:RR
.MCALL DSCP$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
. IFTF
DSCP$
.!FT
. PS.ECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM DSCP$C

C.2.33

DSCP$S Macro

The DSCP$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
CHECKPOINTING directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

DISABLE

DSCP$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB fox
the DISABLE CHECKPOINTING directive on the stack. Then an EMT 377 is
generated, using the ERR error service address, as described in the
DIR$ macro .
• MACRO DSCP$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 95.,l
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM DSCP$S

C.2.34

DSCP$ Macro

The DSCP$
directive.

macro

Macro call:

DSCP$

generates

DPB

for

the

DISABLE

CHECKPOINTING

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the DISABLE CHECKPOINTING
directive. There are no arguments .
. MACRO DSCP$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 95.,1
.ENDC
.ENDM DSCP$

c-20

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.35

ENAR$C Macro

The ENAR$C macro generates
directive in a separate
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

a DPB
PSECT,

for the ENABLE AST RECOGNITION
followed by an EMT 377 in the user

ENAR$C PSCT,ERR

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for the
ENABLE
AST
RECOGNITION directive in the $DPB$$ program section· followed by an EMT
377 in the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes
the ERR error service address .
• MACRO ENAR$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL ENAR$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
ENAR$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ENAR$C

C.2.36

ENAR$S Macro

The ENAR$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the ENABLE
RECOGNITION directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

AST

ENAR$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the ENABLE AST RECOGNITION directive on the stack. Then an EMT 377 is
generated using the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$
macro.
.MACRO ENAR$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 101.,1
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ENAR$S

C.2.37

ENAR$ Macro

The ENAR$ macro
directive.
Macro call:

generates

DPB

for

the

ENABLE

AST

RECOGNITION

ENAR$

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for
RECOGNITION directive. There are no parameters.
MACRO ENAR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 101 • I 1
.ENDC
.ENDM ENAR$

C-21

the

ENABLE

AST

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.38

ENCP$C Macro

The ENCP$C macro generates a DPB for the ENABLE CHECKPOINTING
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified program PSECT.
Macro call:

ENCP$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro g1:nerates a DPB for the ENABLE CHECKPOINTING
directive in the $DPB$$ program section. Then the macro generates an
EMT 377 in the program section named in PSCT.
The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address •
. MACRO ENCP$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL ENCP$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
ENCP$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ENCP$C

C.2.39

ENCP$S Macro

The ENCP$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
CHECKPOINTING directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

ENABLE

ENCP$S ERR

Description: This macro gE~nerates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the ENABLE CHECKPOINTING directive on the stack. Then an EMT 377 is
generated using the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$
macro.
.MACRO .ENCP$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 97.,1
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ENCP$S

C.2.40

ENCP$ Macro
ENABLE

CHECKPOINTING

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the ENABLE
directive. There are no parameters

CHECKPOINTING

The ENCP$
directive.

macro

Macro call:

ENCP$

generates

DPB

.MACRO ENCP$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 97.,1
.ENDC
.ENDM ENCP$

c-22

for

the

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.41

ERR$ Macro

ERR$ is an internal macro that generates a test for directive
accompanied by a JSR instruction to an error handler.
Macro call:

failure

ERR$ ERR

Description: A set C-bit indicates directive failure.
If the ERR
argument is defined, ERR$ generates code to test the C-bit and skip if
not set followed by a JSR to an error handler specified by ERR •
• MACRO ERR$ ERR
.IF NB <ERR>
.NLIST
.NTYPE $$$Tl,ERR
.LIST
.IIF EQ AO<$$$Tl-27>, BCC .+6
.IIF EQ AO<$$$Tl-37>, BCC .+6
.IF GE AO<$$$Tl-60>
BCC .+6
.!FF
.IF NE AO<$$$Tl-27>
.IIF NE AO<$$$Tl-37>, BCC .+4
.ENDC
.ENDC
CALL ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ERR$

C.2.42

EXIF$C Macro

THE EXIF$C macro generates a DPB for the EXIT IF directive in a
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified program
PSECT.
Macro call:

EXIF$C EFN,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the EXIT IF directive in
the $DPB$$ program section. The DPB parameters are described in the
EXIF$ macro. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the program
section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error service
address. The EXIF$ macro controls symbolic address generation .
• MACRO EXIF$C EFN,CS,ERR
.MCALL EXIF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
EXIF$ EFN
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM EXIF$C

C-23

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.43

EXIF$S Macro

The EXIF$S macro generates the code to push a DPB
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

for

the

EXIT

EXIF$S EFN,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the EXIT
IF directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be valid assembler
source operands, and they must specify the information described in
the EXIF$ macro. This macro also generates an EMT 377 using the ERR
error service address as described in the DIR$ macro •
• MACRO EXIF$S EFN ,E:RR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ EFN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 53.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM EXIF$S

C.2.44

EXIF$ Macro

The EXIF$ macro generates a DPB for the EXIT IF directive.
Macro call:

EXIF$ EFN

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the EXIT
The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:

directive.

EFN=Event flag number.
The following symbol is locally de.fined with its assigned values equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
E.XFEF-(length 2 bytes) Event flag number.
If the macro is invoked with the symbol $$$GLB defined, EXIF$ does not
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset •
. MACRO EXIF$ EFN
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 53.,2
.WORD EFN
.ENDC
.IF NDF E.XFEF
.NL I ST
OFF$
OFF$ E.XFEF,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM EXIF$

C.2.45

EXIT$C Macro

The EXIT$C macro generates a DPB for the TASK EXIT directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

EXIT$C PSCT,ERR

C-24

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates a DPB in the program SECTION $DPB$$
followed by an EMT 377 in the PSCT program section. The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address •
• MACRO EXIT$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL EXIT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
EXIT$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM EXIT$C

C.2.46

EXIT$S Macro

The EXIT$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

the

TASK

EXIT

EXIT$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the TASK EXIT directive on the stack. ·Then, EXIT$S generates an EMT
377 using the ERR error service address, as described in the EXIT$
macro.
.MACRO EXIT$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 51.,l
DIR$
.IIF NB <ERR>, CALL ERR
.ENDM EXIT$S

C.2.47

EXIT$ Macro

The EXIT$ macro generates a DPB for the TASK EXIT directive.
Macro call:

EXIT$

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for the TASK EXIT
There are no parameters •

directive.

. MACRO EXIT$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 51.,1
.ENDC
.ENDM EXIT$

C.2.48

EXTK$C Macro

The EXTK$C macro generates a DPB for the EXTEND TASK directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

EXTK$C INC,PSCT,ERR

C-25

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates a DPB for the EXTEND TASK directive
in the $DPB$$ program section. The DPB parameters are described in
the EXTK$ macro. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the program
section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error service
address. The EXTK$ macro controls the generation of symbolic offsets •
• MACRO EXTK$C INC,CS,ERR
.MCALL EXTK$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
EXTK$ INC
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM EXTK$C

C.2.49

EXTK$S Macro

EXTK$S pushes a DPB for the EXTEND TASK directive
generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

the

stack

and

EXTK$S INC,ERR

Description: EXTK$S pushes a DPB for the EXTEND TASK directive on the
stack.
The DPB arguments must be valid assembler operands and they
must specify the information that the EXTK$ macro describes.
EXTK$S
also generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address that the
DIR$ macro describes •
• MACRO EXTK$S INC,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
CLR -(SP)
MOV$ INC
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 89.,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM EXTK$S

C.2.50

EXTK$ Macro

The EXTK$ macro generates a DPB for the EXTEND TASK directive.
Macro call:

EXTK$ INC

Description: EXTK$ generates a DPB for the EXTEND
The argument must have the following meaning:

TASK

directive.

INC=Task size increment in 32 word blocks.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
E.XTIN-(length 2 bytes) Task size increment.

C-26

MACRO EXPANSIONS
If EXTK$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, EXTK$
generate the DPB and it globally defines symbolic offsets .

does

not

• MACRO EXTK$ INC
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 89.,3
.WORD INC
.WORD 0
.ENDC
.IF NDF E.XTIN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ E.XTIN,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM EXTK$

C.2.51

GLON$C Macro

GLUN$C generates a DPB for· the GET LUN INFORMATION directive in a
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified program
PSECT.
Macro call:

GLUN$C LUN,BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

GLUN$C generates a DPB for the GET LUN INFORMATION
directive in the $DPB$$ program section and generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSCT. GLUN$ describes the DPB parameters
and controls symbolic address generation. The DIR$ macro describes
the ERR error service address •

Description~

• MACRO GLUN$C LUN,BUFA,CS,ERR
.MCALL GLUN$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
GLUN$ LUN,BUFA
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GLUN$C

C.2.52

GLON$S Macro

GLUN$S generates the code to push a DPB for the GET
directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

LUN

INFORMATION

GLUN$S LUN,BUFADR,ERR

Description: GLON$S generates the code to push a DPB for the GET LUN
INFORMATION directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377 by using
the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro.
GLUN$S
also generates symbolic offsets relative to the information buffer as
described in the GLUN$ macro. DPB arguments must be valid assembler
source operands and must specify the information described in the
GLUN$ macro.

c-27

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MAC:RO GLUN$S LUN,BUFA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$,OFF$
MOV$ BUFA
MOV$ LUN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 5,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.IF NDF G.LUNA
.NLIST
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.LUNA,2>,<G.LUNU,l>,<G.LUFB,l>,<G.LUCW,8.>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GLUN$S

C.2.53

GLUN$ Macro

The GLUN$ macro generates a DPB for the GET LUN INFORMATION directive.
Macro call:

GLUN$ LUN,BUFADR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the GET LUN INFORMATION
directive. The arguments are assumed to have the following meaning:
LUN=Logical unit number,
BUFADR=Address of six-word buffer.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
G.LULU-(length 2 bytes) Logical unit number,
G.LUBA-(2) Buffer address,
G.LUBL-(2) Buffer length.
The following symbols are assigned relative to the start
information buffer:

the

LUN

If the macro is invoked with the $$GLB symbol defined, GLUN$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets •

not

G.LUNA-(2)
G.LUNU-(1)
G.LUFB-(1)
G.LUCW-(8)

Device name,
Device unit number,
Flags byte,
Four device characteristic words.

• MACRO GLUN$ LUN,BUFA
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 5,l
.WORD LUN
.WORD BUFA
.ENDC
. IF NDF G.LULU
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<G.LULU,2>,<G.LUBA,2>,<G.LUBL,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IF NDF G.LUNA
$$$0ST=O

C-28

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IRP X,<<G.LUNA,2>,<G.LUNU,l>,<G.LUFB,l>,<G.LUCW,8.>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GLUN$

C.2.54

GMCR$C Macro

GMCR$C generates a DPB for the GET MCR COMMAND LINE directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

GMCR$C PSCT,ERR

Description: GMCR$C generates a DPB for the GET MCR COMMAND LINE
directive in the $DPB$$ program section and generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSCT. GMCR$ describes the DPB parameters
and controls symbolic address generation.
DIR$ describes the ERR
error service address •
• MACRO GMCR$C CS,ERR
.MCALL GMCR$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
GMCR$
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GMCR$C

C.2.55

GMCR$ Macro

The GMCR$ macro
directive.
Macro call:

generates

DPB

for

the

GET

MCR

COMMAND

LINE

GMCR$

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the GET MCR COMMAND LINE
directive.
GMCR$ locally defines the following symbol with its
assigned value equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to
the DPB element:
G.MCRB-(length 80 bytes) MCR line buffer
If the macro is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, GMCR$ does not
generate the DPB and it globally defines the ·symbolic offset •
• MACRO GMCR$
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 127., 41.
.BLKW 40 •
. ENDC
. IF NDF G .MCRB
.NLIST
OFF$

C-29

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFF$ G.MCRB,80 •
• LIST
.ENDC
· .ENDM GMCR$

C.2.56

GPRT$C Macro

GPRT$C generates a DPB for the GET PARTITION PARAMETERS directive in a
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

GPRT$C PRTNAM,BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

Description: GPRT$C gener.ates a DPB for the GET PARTITION PARAMETERS
directive in the $DPB$$ program section and generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSECT.
GPRT$ describes the
DPB
parameters and controls symbolic offset generation. DIR$ describes
the ERR error service address •
• MACRO GPRT$C PRT,BUF,CS,ERR
.MCALL GPRT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
GPRT$ PRT,BUF
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ i$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GPRT$C

C.2.57

GPRT$S Macro

GPRT$5 generates the code to push a DPB for the GET
PARAMETERS directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

PARTITION

GPRT$S PRTNAMADR,BUFADR,ERR

Description: GPRT$5 generates the code to push a DPB for the GET
PARTITION PARAMETERS directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377
using the ERR error service address described in the DIR$ macro.
The
DPB arguments must be valid assembler source operands and they must
specify the information described in the GPRT$ macro.
GPRT$S also
generates symbolic offsets relative to the start of the partition
parameters buffer described in the GPRT$ macro .
• MACRO GPRT$S PRT,BUF,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,RFA$,DIR$,OFF$
MOV$ BUF
RFA$ PRT
MOV (PC)+,-(SP}
.BYTE 65.,4
DIR$ ,ERR
.IF NDF G.PRPB
.NLIST
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.PRPB,2>,<G.PRPS,2>,<G.PRFW,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST

C-30

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.ENDC
.ENDM GPRT$S

C.2.58

GPRT$ Macro

The GPRT$ macro generates a
directive.
Macro call:

DPB

for

the

GET

PARTITION

PARAMETERS

GPRT$ PRTNAM,BUF

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the GET PARTITION
PARAMETERS directive. The arguments are assumed to have the following
meanings:
PRTNAM=Partition name,
BUFADR=Address of three word buffer.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
G.PRPN-(length 4 bytes) Partition name,
G.PRBA-(2) Buffer address.
The following offsets are assigned
partition parameters buffer:

relative

the

start

the

If GPRT$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, GPRT$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets .

not

G.PRPB-(2) 1/64 Partition base address,
G.PRPS-(2) 1/64 Partition size,
G.PRFW-(2) Partition flags word.

. MACRO GPRT$ PRT,BUF
.MCALL OFF$,R50$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 65.,4
R50$ PRT
.WORD BUF
.ENDC
• IF NDF G .PRPN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ G.PRPN,4
OFF$ G.PRBA,2
.IF NDF G.PRPB
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.PRPB,2>,<G.PRPS,2>,<G.PRFW,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GPRT$

C-31

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.59

GSSW$C Macro

The GSSW$C macro generates a DPB for the GET SENSE SWITCHES directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified
PSECT.
Macro call:

GSSW$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the GET SENSE SWITCHES
directive in the $DPS$$ program section followed by an EMT 377 in the
user specified program section PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR
error service address •
• MACRO GSSW$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL GSSW$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
GSSW$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GSSW$C

C.2.60

GSSW$S Macro

The GSSW$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
SWITCHES directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

GET

SENSE

GSSW$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the GET SENSE SWTICHES directive on the stack. Then it generates an
EMT 377 using the error service address as described in the DIR$
macro .
. MACRO GSSW$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 125.,l
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM GSSW$S

C.2.61

GSSW$ Macro

The GSSW$ macro generates a DPB for the GET SENSE SWITCHES directive.
Macro call:

GSSW$

Description: This macro qenerates a DPB for the
directive. There are no arguments •
. MACRO GSSW$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 125.,l
.ENDC
.ENDM GSSW$

C-32

GET

SENSE

SWITCHES

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.62

GTIM$C Macro

The GTIM$C macro generates a DPB for the GET TIME PARAMETERS directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified
PSECT.
Macro call:

GTIM$C BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB fO[' the GET TIME PARAMETERS
directive in the $DPB$$ program section. The GTIM$ macro describes
the DPB parameters. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the
program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error
service address.
The GTIM$
macro
controls
symbolic
address
generation •
. MACRO GTIM$C BUFA,CS ERR
.MCALL GTIM$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
GTIM$ BUFA
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GTIM$C

C.2.63

GTIM$S Macro

The GTIM$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
PARAMETERS directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

GET

TIME

GTIM$S BUFADR,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the GET
TIME PARAMETERS directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be
valid assembler source operands, and they must specify the information
described in the GTIM$ macro. This macro also generates an EMT 377
using the ERR error service address, as described in the DIR$ macro.
This macro also generates symbolic off sets relative to the time
parameters buffer as described in the GTIM$ macro .
• MACRO GTIM$S BUFA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$,OFF$
MOV$ BUFA
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 61.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.IF NDF G.TIYR
.NLIST
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.TIYR,2>,<G.TIM0,2>,<G.TIDA,2>,<G.TIHR,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IRP X,<<G.TIMI,2>,<G.TISC,2>,<G.TICT,2>,<G.TICP,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GTIM$S

C-33

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.64

GTIM$ Macro

The GTIM$ macro generates a DPB for the GET TIME PARAMETERS directtve.
Macro call:

GTIM$ BUFADR

Description: This macro g1~nerates a DPB for the GET TIME PARAMETERS
directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
BUFADR=Address of eight word buffer.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the element:

equal

G.TIBA-(length 2 bytes) Buffer address.
The following offsets are assigned relative to the start of
parameters buffer:

the

time

If GTIM$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, GTIM$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets .

not

G.TIYR-(2)
G.TIM0-(2}
G.TIDA-(2)
G.TIHR-(2)
G.TIMI-(2)
G.TISC-(2)
G.TICT-(2}
G.TICP-(2}

Year,
Month,
Day,
Hour,
Minute,
Second,
Clock tick,
Clock ticks per second.

• MACRO GTIM$ BUFA
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYT.E 61. I 2
.WORD BUFA
.ENDC
• IF ND F G . TIBA
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ G.TIBA,2
.IF NDF G.TIYR
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.TIYR,2>,<G.TIM0,2>,<G.TIDA,2>,<G.TIHR,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IRP X,<<G.TIMI,2>,<G.TISC,2>,<G.TICT,2>,<G.TICP,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GTIM$

C.2.65

GTSK$C Macro

The GTSK$C macro generates a DPB for the GET TASK PARAMETERS directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified
PSECT.
Macro call:

GTSK$C BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

C-34

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates a DPB for the GET TASK PARAMETERS
directive in the $DPB$$ program section. The GTSK$S macro describes
the DPB parameters. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the
original program control section named in PSCT.
The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address.
The GTSK$ macro controls
symbolic offset generation •
• MACRO GTSK$C BUFA,CS,ERR
.MCALL GTSK$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •

• !FT
GTSK$ BUFA
.!FT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GTSK$C

C.2.66

GTSK$S Macro

The GTSK$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
PARAMETERS directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

GET

TASK

GTSK$S BUFADR,ERR

Description: GTSK$S generates the code to push a DPB for the GET TASK
PARAMETERS directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be valid
assembler source operands and they must specify the information
described in the GTSK$ macro. GTSK$S generates an EMT 377 using the
ERR error service address, as described in the DIR$ macro.
GTSK$S
also generates symbolic offsets relative to the task parameters buffer
as described in the GTSK$ macro .
• MACRO GTSK$S BUFA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$,OFF$
MOV$ BUFA
MOV (PC)+,-(SP}
.BYTE 63.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.IF NDF G.TSTN
.NLIST
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.TSTN,4>,<G.TSPN,4>,<G.TSRN,4>,<G.TSPR,2>,<G.TSPC,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IRP X,<<G.TSGC,l>,<G.TSNL,2>,<G.TSMT,2>,<G.TSFW,2>,<G.TSVA,2>>
VL,2
OFF$ G.TSTS,2
OFF$ G.TSSY,2
OFF$ G.TSDU,2
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<RX$11D,l>,<RX$11M,l>,<RX$11S,l>,<RX$IAS,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GTSK$S

C-35

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.67

GTSK$ Macro

The GTSK$ macro generates a DPB for the GET TASK PARAMETERS directive.
Macro call:

GTSK$ BUFADR

Description: GTSK$ generate!s a DPB for the GET TASK PARAMETERS
directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
BUFADR=Address of a 16 word buffer.
The following symbol is locctlly defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
G.TSBA-(length 2 bytes) Buffer address.
The following offsets are assigned relative to the start of
parameters buffer:

the

task

G.TSTN-(4) Task name
G.TSPN-(4} Partition name
G.TSRN- (4) Name of tas~:' s requester
G.TSPR-(2) Priority
G.TSGC-(1) UIC group code
G.TSPC-(1) UIC programmer code
G.TSNL-(2) Number of logical units
G.TSMT-(2) Machine type
G.TSFW-(2) Std flags word
G.TSVA-(2) Address of task SST vector table
G.TSVL-(2) Length (number of words) of task SST vector table
G.TSTS-(2) Size (in bytes) of task address space
G.TSSY-(2) System in which task is running:
RX$11D - System lS RSX-llD
RX$11M - System is RSX-llM
RX$11S - System is RSX-llS
RX$IAS - System is IAS
G.TSDU-(2) Task's (default) protection UIC
If GTSK$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, GTSK$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets •

not

. MACRO GTSK$ BUFA
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 63.,2
.WORD BUFA
. ENDC
• IF NDF G. TSBA
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ G.TSBA,2
. IF NDF G.TSTN
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.TSTN,4>,<G.TSPN,4>,<G.TSRN,4>,<G.TSPR,2>,<G.TSPC,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IRP X,<<G.TSGC,l>,<G.TSNL,2>,<G.TSMT,2>,<G.TSFW,2>,<G.TSVA,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
OFF$ G.TSVL,2
OFF$ G.TSTS,2
OFF$ G.TSSY,2
OFF$ G.TSDU,2
$$$0ST=O

C-36

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IRP X,<<RX$11D,1>,<RX$11M,l>,<RX$11S,l>,<RX$IAS,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GTSK$

C.2.68

IBAR$C Macro

The IHAR$C macro generates a DPB for the INHIBIT DISABLE AST
RECOGNITION directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in
the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

IHAR$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the INHIBIT DISABLE AST
RECOGNITION directive in the $DPS$$ program section followed by an EMT
377 in the user specified program section named PSCT. The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address.
Note: This macro is the same as the DSAR$C
only for compatibility with RSX-llD •

macro,

and

included

• MACRO IHAR$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL DSAR$C
DSAR$C PSCT,ERR
.ENDM IHAR$C

C.2.69

IHAR$S Macro

The IHAR$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the INHIBIT
RECOGNITION directive on the stack and an EMT 377.
Macro call:

AST

IHAR$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the DISABLE AST RECOGNITION directive on the stack. Then the macro
generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address described in
the DIR$ macro.
Note:

This macro is included only for compatibility with RSX-llD .

• MACRO IHAR$S ERR
.MCALL DSAR$S
DSAR$S ERR
.ENDM IHAR$S

C.2.70

IBAR$ Macro

The IHAR$ macro generates
RECOGNITION directive.

INHIBIT

DISABLE

AST

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the INHIBIT
RECOGNITION directive. There are no parameters.

DISABLE

AST

Macro call:

DPB

for

the

IHAR$

C-37

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note:

This macro is included· only for compatiblity with RSX-llD .

• MACRO !HAR$
.MCALL DSAR$
DSAR$
.ENDM !HAR$

C.2.71

MOV$ Macro

This is an internal macro that pushes an argument on the stack.
Macro call:

MOV$ <ARG>

Description: MOV$ pushes an argument on the stack. MOV$ examines the
argument first to determine which code is valid to perform the push.
If the argument is left blank, MOV$ uses a CLR
instruction.
Otherwise, MOV$ generates a "MOV ARG,-(SP)" instruction •
• MACRO MOV$ ARG
• IF NB <ARG>
.IF DIF <ARG>,<#0>
MOV ARG ,- (SP)
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.ENDC
CLR -(SP)
.ENDM MOV$

C.2.72

MRKT$C Macro

The MRKT$C macro generates a DPB for the MARK TIME directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

MRKT$C EFN,TIMMAG,TIMUNIT,AST,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the MARK TIME directive
in the $DPB$$ program SE~ction.
The MRKT$ macro describes the DPB
parameters. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the program
section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error service
address. The MRKT$ macro controls the generation of symbolic offsets •
• MACRO MRKT$C EF ,TM,TU ,AS~r ,CS ,ERR
.MCALL MRKT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
• IFTF
MRKT$ EF,TM,TU,AST
. IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM MRKT$C

C-38

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.73

MRKT$S Macro

The MRKT$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

the

MARK

TIME

MRKT$S EFN,TIMMAG,TIMUNIT,AST,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the MARK
TIME directive on the stack.
The DPB arguments must be valid
assembler source operands and they must specify the information
described in the MRKT$ macro. This macro also generates an EMT 377
using the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro.
.MACRO MRKT$S EF,TM,TU,AST,ERR
.MCALL RVP$,DIR$
RVP$ EF,TM,TU,AST
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 23.,5
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM MRKT$S

C.2.74

MRKT$ Macro

The MRKT$ macro generates a DPB for the MARK TIME DIRECTIVE.
Macro call:

MRKT$ EFN,TIMMAG,TIMUNIT,AST

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the MARK TIME
The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:

directive.

EFN=Event flag number,
TIMMAG=Time interval magnitude,
TIMUNIT=Time interval unit,
AST=AST entry address.
The following symbols are locally def~ned with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
M.KTEF-(length 2 bytes) Event flag,
M.KTMG-(2) Time magnitude,
M.KTUN-(2) Time unit,
M.KTAE-(2) AST entry address.
If MRKT$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, MRKT$
generate the DPB and globally defines the symbolic offsets .
• MACRO MRKT$ EFN ,TM,TU ,AST.
. ·MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 23.,5
.WORD EFN
.WORD TM
.WORD TU
.WORD AST
.ENDC
.IF NDF M.KTEF
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<M.KTEF,2>,<M.KTMG,2>,<M.KTUN,2>,<M.KTAE,2»
OFF$ X
.
• ENDM
.LIST

C-39

does

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.ENDC
.ENDM MRKT$

C.2.75

MVB$ Macro

MVB$ is an internal macro that pushes two bytes on the stack.
Macro call:

MVB$ LOWB,HIGEIB

Description: MVB$ examines the two arguments and based on
examination generates the code to push the bytes on the stack •

that

• MACRO MVB$ LOW,HIGH
.IF B <LOW>
.IF B <HIGH>
CLR -(SP)
.IFF
CLRB -(SP)
MOVB HIGH,l(SP)
.ENDC
.IFF
.IF B <HIGH>
CLR -(SP)
MOVB LOW, (SP)
.IFF
MOVB LOW,-(SP)
MOVB HIGH,l(SP)
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDM MVB$

C.2.76

OFF$ Macro

OFF$ is an internal macro that generates symbolic offsets.
Macro call:

OFF$ SYMB,LEN

Description: OFF$ creates tables of symbolic offsets for the elements
within DPBs.
The first argument, SYMB, is the name of the symbol.
The second argument, LEN, is the length of the symbol in bytes.
OFF$
adds LEN to the offset counter after OFF$ makes the symbolic
assignment. If the $$$GLB symbol is defined, OFF$ makes the symbolic
assignments global. Otherwise, OFF$ makes all assignments local.
If both SYMB and LEN are blank, OFF$ initializes the offset counter to
two (2) •
• MACRO OFF$ SYMB,LEN
.IF B <'SYMB'LEN>
$$$0ST=2
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.IF NB <SYMB>
.IF NDF $$$GLB
SYMB=$$$0ST
.IFF
SYMB==$$$0ST
.ENDC
.ENDC

C-40

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.77

QDPB$S Macro

The QDPB$S macro generates the code to push a QUEUE I/O or
AND WAIT DPB on the stack and it generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

QUEUE

I/O

QDPB$S DIC,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push the proper QUEUE
I/O DPB on the stack.
It is meant to be called only by QIO$S, or
QIOW$S to generate the required code to build a DPB and issue the EMT
377 •
. MACRO QDPB$S DIC,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,ERR
~MCALL RVP$,MVB$,DIR$
.NLIST
$$$ARG=O
• IRP X, <PRMLST>
$$$ARG=$$$ARG+l
.ENDM
.LIST
.IF GT 6-$$$ARG
.REPT <6-$$$ARG>
CLR -(SP)
.ENDR
.ENDC
.!IF NB <PRMLST>, RVP$ PRMLST
RVP$ IOST,AST
MVB$ EFN,
RVP$ FNC,LUN
MOV {PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE DIC,12.
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM QDPB$S

C.2.78

QDPB$ Macro

The QDPB$ macro generates the QUEUE I/O or QUEUE I/O AND WAIT DPB.
Macro call:

QDPB$ DIC,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST

Description: This macro generates the required DPB for the specified
QUEUE I/O directive.
It is only meant to be called by the QIO$,
QIO$C, QIOW$. OR QIOW$C macros to generate the required DPB •
• MACRO QDPB$ DIC,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE DIC,12 .
• WORD FNC
.WORD LUN
.BYTE EFN,O
.WORD IOST
.WORD AST
.NLIST
$$$ARG=O
.LIST
. IRP x I <PRMLST>
.WORD X
.NL I ST
$$$ARG=$$$ARG+l
.LIST
.ENDM

C-41

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF GT 6-$$$ARG
.REPT <6-$$$ARG>
.WORD 0
.ENDR
.ENDC
.ENDC
.IF NDF Q.IOFN
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<Q.IOFN,2>,<Q.IOLU,2>,<Q.IOEF,l>,<Q.IOPR,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.IRP X,<<Q.IOSB,2>,<Q.IOAE,2>,<Q.IOPL>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM QDPB$

C.2.79

QIO$C Macro

The QIO$c·macro generates a QUEUE I/O DPB in a separate PSECT followed
by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

QIO$C FNC,LUN,.EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,PSECT,ERR

Description: This macro generates the required QUEUE I/O DPB in the
$DPB$$ program section.
All of the arguments through PRMLST are as
described for the QIO$ macro. The PSECT argument should be the name
of the original program program section into which the standard
monitor trap code is generated. The optional argument, ERR, is the
error routine address.
This macro invokes QIO$ and, therefore,
follows the same expansion guidelines.
Note: Read the note in the~ QIO$ macro description concerning
arguments in the QIO$ macro below .

ignored

• MACRO QIO$C FNC,LUN,EFN,.PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL QDPB$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
. IFTF
QDPB$ l,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM QIO$C

C.2.80

QIO$S Macro

The QIO$S macro generates the code to push a
stack and generate an EMT 377.
Macro call:

QUEUE

I/O

DPB

the

QIO$S FNC,LUNrEFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,ERR

Description: This macro ge~nerates the code to push the required queue
I/O DPB on the stack.
The arguments through PRMLST represent the
information as described in the macro QIO$.
However, the arguments
must all be valid assembler source operands.

C-42

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note: Read the note in the QIO$ macro description concerning
arguments in the QIO$ macro below .

ignored

• MACRO QIO$S FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,ERR
.MCALL QDPB$S
QDPB$S l,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>,ERR
.ENDM QIO$S

C.2.81

QI0$ Macro

The QIO$ macro generates the QUEUE I/O DPB.
Macro call:

QIO$ FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST

Description: This macro generates the required DPB specified for
QUEUE I/O directive. The arguments are treated as follows:

the

FNC-I/O Function code,
LUN-Logical unit number,
EFN-Event flag number,
PRI-Priority,
!OST-Address of I/O status block,
AST-Address of I/O done AST entry point
PRMLST-Parameter list of the form <Pl, ... ,P6>
All of the arguments must be valid expressions to be used in assembler
data storage directives.
The first call of this macro defines the
following symbols and assigns, as a value, their byte offset from the
beginning of the DPB:
·
Q.IOFN-(length 2 bytes) I/O function,
Q.IOLU-(2) Logical unit number,
Q.IOEF-(l) Event flag number,
Q.IOPR-(1) Priority,
Q.IOSB-(2) Address of I/O status block,
Q.IOAE-(2) Address of I/O done AST entry point,
Q.IOPL-(0) Parameter list (up to 6 words).
If the $$$GLB symbol is defined, QIO$ does not generate the DPB and it
globally defines the symbolic offsets.
Note: The argument PRI is required to maintain compatibility with
RSX-llD.
Desite the fact that it must be specified, the QIO$ macro
ignores it •
• MACRO QIO$ FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST
.MCALL QDPB$
QDPB$ l,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>
.ENDM QIO$

C.2.82

QIOW$C Macro

The QIOW$C macro generates a QUEUE I/O AND WAIT DPB in
PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

separate

QIOW$C FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,PSECT,ERR

Description: This macro generates the required QUEUE I/O AND WAIT DPB
in the program section named $DPB$$. All of the arguments through

C-43

MACRO EXPANSIONS
PRMLST are as described for
the QIOW$ macro.
The argument PSECT
should be the name of the original program program section into which
the standard monitor trap code is generated. The optional argument,
ERR, is the error routine address.
Note:
Read the note concerning ignored arguments in the
below .

QIOW$

macro

• MACRO QIOW$C FNC,LUN,EF'N,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,PSCT,ERR
.MCALL QDPB$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
QDPB$ 3,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
. ENDM QIOW$C

C.2.83

QIOW$S Macro

The QIOW$S macro generates the code to push a queue I/O and
on the stack and generate an EMT 377.
Macro call:

wait

DPB

QIOW$S FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST,ERR QIOW$S Macro

Description: This macro generates the code to push the required QUEUE
I/O AND WAIT DPB on the stack.
The arguments through PRMLST represent
the information as described in the QIOW$ macro.
However,
the
arguments must all be valid assembler source operands.
Note:
Read the note
below ..

concE~rning

ignored arguments in the

QIOW$

macro

. MACRO QIOW$S FNC ,LON ,EI'N ,PRI, IOST ,AST ,PRMLST ,ERR
.MCALL QDPB$S
QDPB$S 3,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>,ERR
.ENDM QIOW$S

C.2.84

QIOW$ Macro

The QIOW$ macro generates the QUEUE I/O AND WAIT DPB.
Macro call:

QIOW$ FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST

Description: This macro qenerates the required DPB specified for
the
QUEUE I/O AND WAIT directive. The arguments are treated as follows:
FNC-I/O function code,
LON-Logical unit number,
EFN-Event flag number,
FRI-Priority,
!OST-Address of I/O status block,
AST-Address of I/O done AST entry point
PRMLST-Parameter list of the form <Pl, ••• ,P6> .
All of the arguments must be valid expressions to be used in assembler
data storage directives.
The first call of this macro defines the

C-44

MACRO EXPANSIONS
following symbols and assigns, as values, their byte offset
beginning of the DPB:

from

the

DPB

and

Q.IOFN-(Length 2 bytes) I/O function,
Q.IOLU-{2) Logical unit number,
Q.IOEF-(1) Event flag number,
Q.IOPR-(1) Priority,
Q.IOSB-(2) Address of I/O status block,
Q.IOAE-(2) Address of I/O done AST entry point,
Q.IOPL-(0) Parameter list (up to 6 words).
If the $$$GLB symbol is defined, QIOW$ does not generate the
it globally defines the symbolic offsets.

Note: This macro requires the PRI argument to maintain compatibility
with RSX-llD.
Despite the fact that it must be specified, QIOW$
ignores it .
• MACRO QIOW$ FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,PRMLST
.MCALL QDPB$
QDPB$ 3,FNC,LUN,EFN,PRI,IOST,AST,<PRMLST>
.ENDM QIOW$

C.2.85

R50$ Macro

This internal macro generates a two-word RADIX-SO name.
Macro call:

R50$ NAME

Description: This macro converts the NAME argument into RADIX-SO
using the .RADSO assembler directive.
Furthermore, R50$ ensures that
the data generated is at least two words long .
. MACRO R50$ NAME
.NL I ST
.NCHR $$$Tl,NAME
.LIST
.IF EQ $$$Tl
.WORD 0,0
.IFF
.IF GT $$$Tl-6
$$$T4=.+4
.IFTF
.RADSO /NAME/
. IFT
.=$$$T4
.ENDC
.IIF LT $$$Tl-4, .WORD 0
.ENDC
.ENDM R50$

C.2.86

RCVD$C Macro

RCVD$C generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA directive in
PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

separate

RCVD$C TASK,BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

Description: RCVD$C generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA directive in
RCVD$ describes the DPB parameters.
the $DPB$$ program section.

C-45

MACRO EXPANSIONS
RCVD$C then generates an E:MT 377 in the program section named in PSCT.
DIR$ describes the ERR error service address. RCVD$ controls the
generation of symbolic offsets .
• MACRO RCVD$C TN,BA,CS,gRR
.MCALL RCVD$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
RCVD$ TN,BA
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RCVD$C

C.2.87

RCVD$S Macro

The RCVD$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

RCVD$S TSKNAMADR,BUFADR,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the
RECEIVE DATA directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be valid
assembler source operands, and they must specify the information
described in the RCVD$ macro. This macro also generates an EMT 377
using the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro .
• MACRO RCVD$S TN,BA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$, RFA$
MOV$ BA
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 75.,4
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RCVD$S

C.2.88

RCVD$ Macro

The RCVD$ macro generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA directive.
Macro call:

RCVD$ TASK,BUFADR

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA
directive. The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:
TASK=Sender task name,
BUFADR=Address of fifteen word buffer.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
R.VDTN-(length 4 bytes) Task name,
R.VDBA-(2) Buffer address.
I f RCVD$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol

defined, RCVD$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets.

C-46

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO RCVD$ TN,BA.MCALL OFF$, R50$
.IF NOF $$$GLB
.BYTE 75.,4
R50$ TN
.WORD BA
.ENOC
.IF NOF R.VDTN
.NL I ST
.IRP X,<,<R.VDTN,4>,<R.VDBA,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM RCVD$

C.2.89

RCVX$C Macro

The RCVX$C macro
directive in a
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

the RECEIVE DATA OR EXIT
generates a DPB for
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user

RCVX$C TASK,BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA OR EXIT
DIRECTIVE in the program section named $DPB$$.
The RCVX$ macro
describes the DPB parameters.
This macro then generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSCT.
The ERR error service address is
described in the DIR$ macro. The RCVX$ macro controls the generation
of symbolic offsets .
• MACRO RCVX$C TN,BA,CS,ERR
.MCALL RCVX$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
RCVX$ TN,BA
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RCVX$C

C.2.90

RCVX$S Macro

The RCVX$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA
OR EXIT directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

RCVX$S TSKNAMADR,BUFADR,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
RECEIVE DATA OR EXIT directive on the stack.
The DPB arguments must
be valid assembler source operands,
and they must specify the
information described
in the RCVX$ macro.
This macro also generates
an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address as defined in the DIR$
macro •
. MACRO RCVX$S TN,BA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$, RFA$

C-47

MACRO EXPANSIONS
MOV$ BA
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 77., 4
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RCVX$S

C.2.91

RCVX$ Macro

The RCVX$ macro
directive.
Macro call:

generates

DPB

for

the

RECEIVE

DATA

EXIT

RCVX$ TASK,BUFADR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the RECEIVE DATA OR EXIT
directive. The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:
TASK=Sender task name,
BUFADR=Address of fifteen word buffer.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
R.VXTN-(length 4 bytes) Task name,
R.VXBA-(2) Buffer address.
If RCVX$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, RCVX$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets .

not

• MACRO RCVX$ TN,BA
.MCALL OFF$, R50$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 77. I 4
R50$ TN
.WORD BA
.ENDC
.IF NDF R.VXTN
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<R.VXTN,4>,<R.VXBA,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM RCVX$

C.2.92

RDAF$C Macro

The RDAF$C macro generates a DPB for the READ ALL FLAGS directive in a
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

RDAF$C BUFADR,PSCT,ERR

the READ ALL FLAGS
Description: This macro generates a DPB for
directive in the program section named $DPB$$. The DPB parameters are
described in the RDAF$ macro.
This macro then generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR
The RDAF$ macro controls symbolic address
error service address.
generation.

C-48

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO RDAF$C BA,CS,ERR
.MCALL RDAF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
ROAF$ BA
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RDAF$C

C.2.93

RDAF$S Macro

The RDAF$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
FLAGS directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

the

READ

ALL

RDAF$S BUFADR,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the READ
ALL FLAGS directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must be valid
assembler source operands and must specify the information described
in the ROAF$ macro. RDAF$S also generates an EMT 377, using the ERR
error service address, as described in the DIR$ macro •
. MACRO RDAF$S BA,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ BA
MOV (PC)+,-{SP)
.BYTE 39. ,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RDAF$S

C.2.94

RDAF$ Macro

The ROAF$ macro generates a DPB for the READ ALL FLAGS directive.
Macro call:

ROAF$ BUFADR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the READ ALL FLAGS
directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
BUFADR=Address of four word buffer.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
R.DABA-(length 2 bytes) Buffer address.
If the macro is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, RDAF$ does not
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset •
. MACRO ROAF$ BA
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 39.,2
.WORD BA
.ENDC
.IF NDF R.DABA

C-49

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ R.DABA,2 •
• LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM ROAF$

C.2.95

RFA$ Macro

RFA$ is an internal macro that pushes two words
reverse order from the specified double-word.
Macro call:

the

stack

RFA$ ADR

Description: RFA$ generates the code to push two words on the stack
in reverse order from the double word with its address specified by
the source operand's ADR •
. MACRO RFA$ ADR
• IF NB <ADR>
.NLIST
.NTYPE $$$T2,ADR
.LIST
.IF LT $$$T2-6
MOV 2(ADR) ,-(SP)
MOV (ADR) ,-(SP}
.IFF
MOV ADR,- (SP)
MOV @(SP} ,- (SP)
ADD #2,2(SP)
MOV @2(SP) ,2(SP)
.ENDC
.IFF
CLR -(SP)
CLR - (SP}
.ENDC
.ENDM RFA$

C.2.96

RQST$C Macro

The RQST$C macro generates a DPB for
the REQUEST directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

RQST$C TASK,PART,PRI,UICGC,UICPC,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the REQUEST directive in
the $DPB$$ program section.
The RQST$ macro describes the DPB
parameters. RQST$C then generates an EMT 377 in the program section
named in PSCT.
The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error service
address. The RQST$ macro controls symbolic address generation.
Note:
Read the notice concerning :ignored arguments in the RQST$ macro
below •
. MACRO RQST$C TN,PN,PR,GC,P,CS,ERR
.MCALL RQST$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
• IFTF

C-50

MACRO EXPANSIONS
RQST$ TN,PN,PR,GC,P
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM

C.2.97

RQST$S Macro

The RQST$S macro generates the code to push a
directive on the stack followed by an EMT 377.
Macro call:

DPB

for

the

REQUEST

RQST$S TSKNAMADR,PRTNAMADR,PRI,UICGC,UICPC,ERR

Description: RQST$S generates the code to push a DPB for the REQUEST
directive on the stack.
The DPB arguments must be valid assembler
source operands and must specify the
information described in the
RQST$ macro.
RQST$S also generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error
service address described in DIR$.
Note: Read the notice concerning ignored arguments in the RQST$ macro
below •
• MACRO RQST$S TN,PN,PR,GC,P,ERR
.MCALL MVB$,RFA$,DIR$
MVB$ P,GC
CLR -(SP)
RFA$
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 11.,7
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RQST$S

C.2.98

ROST$ Macro

The RQST$ macro generates a DPB for the REQUEST directive.
Macro call:

RQST$ TASK,PART,PRI,UIGC,UICPC

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the REQUEST
The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:

directive.

TASK=Task name,
PART=Partition name,
PRI=Priority,
UICGC=UIC group code,
UICPC=UIC programmer code.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
R.QSTN-(length 4 bytes} Task name,
R.QSPN-(4) Partition name,
R.QSPR-(2) Priority,
R.QSGC-(1) UIC Group,
R.QSPC-(1) UIC Programmer.

C-51

MACRO EXPANSIONS
If RQST$ is invoked with the $$$GL:B symbol defined, RQST$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets.
Note:
RQST$ requires the arguments
compatibility with RSX-110.
Despite
specified, RQST$ ignores them •

PART and
the fact

not

PRI
to
maintain
that they must be

. MACRO RQST$ TN,PN,PR,GC,P
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 11., 7

R50$ TN
.WORD 0,0
.WORD 0
.BYTE P,GC
.ENDC
• IF NDF R.QSTN
.NL I ST
.IRP X,<,<R.QSTN,4>,<R.QSPN,4>,<R.QSPR,2>,<R.QSPC,l>,<R.QSGC,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM RQST$

C.2.99

RSUM$C Macro

The RSUM$C macro generates a DPB for
the RESUME directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

RSUM$C TASK,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the RESUME directive in
the $DPB$$ program section.
The RSUM$ macro describes the DPB
parameters. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in the program
section named in PSCT. The ERR error service address is described in
the DIR$ macro. The RSUM$ macro controls generation of symbolic
offsets •
. MACRO RSUM$C TN,CS,ERR
.MCALL RSUM$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
RSUM$ TN
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RSUM$C

C.2.100

RSUM$S Macro

The RSUM$S macro generates the code to push a DPB
directive on the stack and the code for an EMT 377.
Macro call:

RSUM$S TSKNAMADR,ERR

C-52

for

the

RESUME

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
RESUME directive on the stack.
The DPB arguments must be valid
assembler source operands, and they must specify the information
described in the RSUM$ macro. This macro also generates an EMT 377
using the ERR error service address as described in the DIR$ macro .
• MACRO RSUM$S TN,ERR
.MCALL RFA$,DIR$
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 47.,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RSUM$S

C.2.101

RSUM$ Macro

The RSUM$ macro generates a DPB for the RESUME directive.
Macro call:

RSUM$ TASK

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the RESUME
The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:

directive.

TASK=Task name.
The following symbol is locally defined ~ith its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
R.SUTN-(length 4 bytes) Task name.
If RSUM$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, RSUM$ does
generate the DPB and it g~obally defines the symbolic offset •

not

• MACRO RSUM$ TN
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 47.,3
R50$ TN
.ENDC
• IF NDF R. SUTN
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$.R.SUTN,4
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM RSUM$

C.2.102

RUN$C Macro

RUN$C generates a DPB for
the RUN directive in a
followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

separate

PSECT

RUN$C TSK,PRT,PRI,UGC,UPC,SMG,SNT,RMG,RNT,PSCT,ERR

Description: RUN$C generates a DPB for
the RUN directive in the
$DPB$$ program section.
RUN$ describes the DPB parameters.
RUN$C
then generates an EMT 377 in the program section named in PSCT.
DIR$
describes the ERR error service address. The RUN$ macro controls
symbolic address generation.

C-53

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note: Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
RUN$ macro below •

the

• MACRO RUN$C TN,PN,PR,UG,UP,SM,SU,RM,RU,CS,ERR
.MCALL RUN$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
RUN$ TN,PN,PR,UG,UP,SM,SU,RM,RU
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RUN$C

C.2.103

RUN$S Macro

RUN$S generates the code to push a DPB for the RUN
stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

directive

the

RUN$S TNAMADR,PNAMADR,PRI,UGC,UPC,SMG,SNT,RMG,RNT,ERR

Description: RUN$S generates the code to push a DPB for the RUN
directive on the stack and gene~ates an EMT 377 using the ERR error
service address described in DIR$.
DPB· arguments must be valid
assembler source operands. and must specify the information described
in the RUN$ macro.
Note: Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
RUN$ macro below •
• MACRO RUN$S TN,PN,PR,UG,UP,SM,SU,RM,RU,ERR
.MCALL RVP$,MVB$,RFA$,DI:R$
RVP$ SM,SU,RM,RU
MVB$ UP,UG
CLR -(SP)
RFA$
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 1 7 • , 11 •
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RUN$S

C.2.104

RUN$ Macro

The RUN$ macro generates a DPB for the RUN directive.
Macro call:

RUN$ TSK,PRT,PRI,UGC,UPC,SMG,SNT,RMG,RNT

Description:

The arguments must have the following meanings:

TSK=Task name,
PRT=Partition name,
PRI=Priority,
UGC=UIC group code,
UPC=UIC programmer code,
SMG=Schedule delta magnitude,
SNT=Schedule delta unit,
RMG=Re-schedule interval magnitude,
RNT=Re-schedule interval unit.
C·-54

the

MACRO EXPANSIONS
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
R.UNTN-(length 4 bytes) Task name,
R.UNPN-(4) Partition name,
R.UNPR-(2) Priority,
R.UNGC-(1) UIC group,
R.UNPC-(1} UIC programmer,
R.UNSM-(2) Schedule magnitude,
R.UNSU-(2) Schedule unit,
R.UNRM-(2) Re-schedule magnitude,
R.UNRU-(2) Re-schedule unit.
If RUN$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, RUN$ does
generate the DPB and RUN$ globally defines the symbolic offsets.

not

arguments
to
maintain
Note:
RUN$ requires the PRT and PRI
compatibility with RSX-llD.
Despite the fact that they must be
specified, RUN$ ignores them .
• MACRO RUN$ TN,PN,PR,GC,P,SM,SU,RM,RU
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 17 . , 11.
R50$ TN
.WORD 0,0
.WORD 0
.BYTE P,GC
.WORD SM
.WORD SU
.WORD RM
.WORD RU
.ENDC
.IF NDF R.UNTN
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<R.UNTN,4>,<R.UNPN,4>,<R.UNPR,2>,<R.UNPC,l>,<R.UNGC,l>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.!RP X,<<R.UNSM,2>,<R.UNSU,2>,<R.UNRM,2>,<R.UNRU,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM RUN$

C.2.105

RVP$ Macro

RVP$ is an internal macro that places the parameters
argument list into the stack in reverse order.
Macro call:

passed

RVP$ Al,A2, ••• ,Al0

Description: RVP$ pushes the elements of the argument list on the
stack in reverse order. RVP$ assumes all elements to be full-word.
The list is limited to a maximum of ten elements .
• MACRO RVP$ PO,Pl,P2,P3,P4,P5,P6,P7,P8,P9
.MCALL MOV$
.NLIST
.NARG $$$ARG
.LIST

C-55

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IIF GT $$$ARG-9., MOV$ <P9>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-8., MOV$ <PB>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-7, MOV$ <P7>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-6, MOV$ <P6>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-5, MOV$ <PS>
• IIF GT $$$ARG-4, MOV$ <P4>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-3, MOV$ <P3>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-2, MOV$ <P2>
.IIF GT $$$ARG-l, MOV$ <Pl>
.IIF GT $$$ARG, MOV$ <PO>
.ENDM RVP$

C.2.106

SDAT$C Macro

The SDAT$C macro generates a DPB for the SEND DATA directive in
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SDAT$C TASK,BUFADR,EFN,PSCT,ERR

Description: SDAT$C generates a DPB for the SEND DATA directive in
the $DPB$$ program section and generates an EMT 377 in the program
section named in PSCT.
SDAT$ describes the DPB parameters and
controls symbolic address generation. DIR$ describes the ERR error
service address .
• MACRO SDAT$C TN,BA,EFN,CS,ERR
.MCALL SDAT$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •

. IFTF
SDAT$ TN,BA,EFN
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SDAT$C

C.2.107

SDAT$5 Macro

SDAT$S generates the code to push a DPB for the SEND DATA directive on
the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

SDAT$S TSKNAMADR,BUFADR,EFN,ERR

Description: SDAT$S generates the code to push a DPB for
the SEND
DATA directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377 using the ERR
error service address described in DIR$. The DPB arguments must be
valid assembler source operands and they must specify the information
described in the SDAT$ macro .
• MACRO SDAT$S TN,BA,EFN,E:RR
.MCALL MOV$,RFA$,DIR$
MOV$ EFN
MOV$ BA
RFA$ TN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 71.,S
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SDAT$S

C-56

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.108

SDAT$ Macro

The SDAT$ macro
Macro call:

gene~ates

a DPB for the SEND DATA directive.

SDAT$ TASK,BUFADR,EFN

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for the SEND DATA
The arguments are assumed to have the following meanings:

directive.

TASK=Receiver task name,
BUFADR=Address of thirteen word data buffer,
EFN=Event flag number.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte off set from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
S.DATN-(length 4 bytes) Task name,
S.DABA-(2) Buffer address,
S.DAEF-(2) Event flag number.
If SDAT$ is invo~ed with the $$$GLB symbol defined,
SDAT$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets •

not

• MACRO SDAT$ TN,BA,EFN
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 71.,5
R50$ TN
.WORD BA
.WORD EFN
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.DATN
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<S.DATN,4>,<S.DABA,2>,<S.DAEF,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SDAT$

C.2.109

SETF$C Macro

The SETF$C macro generates a DPB for the SET EVENT FLAG directive in a
separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SETF$C EFN,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
the SET EVENT FLAG
directive
in the program section named $DPB$$.
The SETF$ macro
describes the DPB parameters.
The SETF$C macro then generates an EMT
377
in the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes
the ERR error service address.
The SETF$ macro controls symbolic
offset generation •
• MACRO SETF$C EFN,CS,ERR
.MCALL SETF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
SETF$ EFN

C-57

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.!FT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SETF$C

C.2.110

SETF$S Macro

SETF$S pushes a DPB for the SET EVENT FLAG directive on the stack
generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

and

SETF$S EFN,ERR

Description: SET$F pushes a DPB for the SET EVENT FLAG directive on
the stack. DPB arguments must be valid assembler operands and specify
the information described in the SETF$ macro. SET$F also generates an
EMT 377 using the ERR error service address that DIR$ describes •
• MACRO SETF$S EFN,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ EFN
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 33.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SETF$S

C.2.111

SETF$ Macro

The SETF$ macro ge~erates a DPB for the SET EVENT FLAG directive.
Macro call:

SETF$ EFN

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the SET EVENT FLAG
directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
EFN=Event flag number.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
S.ETEF-(length 2 bytes) Event flag.
If SETF$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, SETF$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset •
• MACRO SETF$ EFN
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 33. I 2
.WORD EFN
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.ETEF
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ S.ETEF,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SETF$

C-58

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.112

SFPA$C Macro

The SFPA$C macro generates a DPB for
the SPECIFY FLOATING POINT
EXCEPTION AST directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in
the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SFPA$C AST,PSCT,ERR

Description: SFPA$C generates a DPB for the SPECIFY FLOATING POINT
EXCEPTION
AST directive in the $DPB$$ program section.
SFPA$
describes the DPB parameters. SFPA$C then generates an EMT 377 in the
program section named in PSCT. DIR$ describes the ERR error service
address. The SFPA$ macro controls symbolic offset generation .
• MACRO SFPA$C AST,CS,ERR
.MCALL SFPA$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
. IFTF
SFPA$ AST
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ i$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SFPA$C

C.2.113

SFPA$S Macro

SFPA$S generates the code to push a DPB for the SPECIFY FLOATING POINT
EXCEPTION AST directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

SFPA$S AST,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
SPECIFY FLOATING POINT EXCEPTION AST directive on the stack. The DPB
arguments must be valid assembler source operands, and they must
specify the information described in the SFPA$ macro. The SFPA$S
macro also generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address as
described in the DIR$ macro .
. MACRO SFPA$S AST,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ AST
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 111.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SFPA$S

C.2.114

SFPA$ Macro

SFPA$ generates a DPB for the SPECIFY
directive.

FLOATING

POINT

EXCEPTION

Macro call:

SFPA$ AST

Description:

The argument must have the following meaning:

AST=AST Service entry address.

C-59

AST

MACRO EXPANSIONS
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned values equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
S.FPAE-(length 2 bytes} AST Entry address.
If SFPA$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, SFPA$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets •

not

. MACRO SFPA$ AST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 111 • , 2
.WORD AST
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.FPAE
.NL I ST
OFF$
OFF$ S.FPAE,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SFPA$

C.2.115

SPND$C Macro

SPND$C generates a DPB for the SUSPEND directive in a
followed by an EMT 377 in the user specified PSECT.
Macro call:

separate

PSECT

SPND$C PSCT,ERR

Description: SPND$C generates a DPB for the SUSPEND directive in the
$DPB$$ program section followed by an EMT 377 in the original program
section named PSCT. DIR$ describes the ERR error service address .
. MACRO SPND$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL SPND$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
. IFTF
SPND$
.IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SPND$C

C.2.116

SPND$S Macro

The SPND$S macro generates the code to push a DPB
directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

for

the

SUSPEND

SPND$S ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the SUSPEND directive on the stack. Then it generates an EMT 377
using the error service address as described in the DIR$ macro •
• MACRO SPND$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)

C-60

MACRO EXPANSIONS
• BYTE 45.., 1
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SPND$S

C.2.117

SPND$ Macro

The SPND$ macro generates a DPB for the SUSPEND directive.
Macro call:

SPND$

Description: This macro generates a DPB for
There are no arguments •

the

SUSPEND

directive.

• MACRO SPND$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 45.,1
.ENDC
.ENDM SPND$

C.2.118

SPRA$C Macro

The SPAR$C macro generates a DPB for the SPECIFY POWER RECOVERY AST
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SPRA$C AST,PSCT,ERR

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for
the SPECIFY POWER
RECOVERY AST directive in the $DPB$$ program section.
The SPRA$ macro
describes the DPB parameters. The SPRA$C macro then generates an EMT
377
in the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes
the ERR error service address.
The SPRA$ macro controls
the
generation of symbolic offsets •
. MACRO SPRA$C AST,CS,ERR
.MCALL SPRA$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
SPRA$ AST
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SPRA$C

C.2.119

SPRA$S Macro

The SPRA$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the SPECIFY
POWER RECOVERY AST directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

SPRA$S AST,ERR

Description:
This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
SPECIFY POWER RECOVERY AST directive on the stack.
The DPB arguments
must be valid assembler source operands, and
they must specify the
information described in the SPRA$ macro.
The SPRA$S macro also

C-61

MACRO EXPANSIONS
generates an EMT 377 usin9 the ERR error service address as
in the DIR$ macro •

described

• MACRO SPRA$S AST,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ AST
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 109.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SPRA$S

C.2.120

SPRA$ Macro

The SPRA$ macro generates a DPB for the
directive.
Macro call:

SPECIFY

POWER

RECOVERY

AST

SPRA$ AST

Description:
This macro generates a DPB for
the SPECIFY POWER
RECOVERY AST directive.
~?he argument is assumed to have the following
meaning:
AST=AST Service entry address.
The following symbol is locally defined with is assigned a value equal
to the byte offset from the start of th~ bPB to the DPB element:
S .PRAE- (length 2 byte!S)

AST entry address.

If SPRA$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, SPRA$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset .

not

. MACRO SPRA$ AST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 109.,2
.WORD AST
.ENDC
• IF NDF S .PRAE
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ S.PRAE,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SPRA$

C.2.121

SRDA$C Macro

The SRDA$C macro
directive in a
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

generate~;

separate?

a DPB for
the SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA AST
PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user

SRDA$C AST,PSCT,ERR

Desc·r iption:
This macro 9enerates a DPB for the SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA
AST directive in the $DPB$$ program section.
The SRDA$ macro
describes the DPB paramete:rs. This macro then generates an EMT 377 in
the program section named in PSCT.
The DIR$ macro describes the ERR
error service address.
The SRDA$ macro controls symbolic offset
generation.

C-62

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO SRDA$C AST,CS,ERR
.MCALL SRDA$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
SRDA$ AST
• IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SRDA$C

C.2.122

SRDA$S Macro

SRDA$S macro pushes a DPB for the SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA
on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

AST

directive

SRDA$S AST,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the
SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA AST directive on the stack. The DPB arguments
must be valid assembler source operands, and they must specify the
information described in the SRDA$ macro.
The SRDA$S macro also
generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error s~rvice address as described
in the DIR$ macro .
• MACRO SRDA$S AST,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ AST
MOV (PC}+,-(SP)
.BYTE 107.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SRDA$S

C.2.123

SRDA$ Macro

SRDA$ generates a DPB for the SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA AST directive.
Macro call:

SRDA$ AST

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the SPECIFY RECEIVE DATA
AST directive. The argument is assumed to have the following meaning:
AST=AST service entry address.
The following symbol is locally defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
S.RDAE-(length 2 bytes} AST entry address.
If SRDA$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined,
SRDA$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset .
• MACRO SRDA$ AST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 10 7 . , 2
.WORD AST
.ENDC

C-63

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF NDF S.RDAE
.NL I ST
OFF$
OFF$ S.RDAE,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SRDA$

C.2.124

SVDB$C Macro

SVDB$C generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR TABLE FOR DEBUGGING
AID directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SVDB$C ADR,LEN,PSCT,ERR

Description:
SVDB$C generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR TABLE
FOR DEBUGGING AID directive in the $DPB$$ program section and
generates an EMT 377 in the program section named in PSCT.
SVOB$
describes the DPB parameters and controls symbolic address generation.
DIR$ describes the ERR error service address .
• MACRO SVDB$C AD,LN,CS,ERR
.MCALL SVDB$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
SVOB$ AD,LN
. IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SVDB$C

C.2.125

SVDB$S Macro

The SVDB$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the SPECIFY SST
VECTOR TABLE FOR DEBUGGING AID directive on the stack and generates an
EMT 377.
Macro call:

SVDB$S ADR,LEN,ERR

Description:
SRDA$S macro pushes a DPB for
the SPECIFY SST VECTOR
TABLE FOR DEBUGGING AID directive on the stack.
DPB arguments must be
valid assembler operands and must specify the information described by
SVOB$.
SVDB$S also generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service
address described by DIR$ •
. MACRO SVDB$S AD,LN,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ LN
MOV$ AD
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 103.,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SVDB$S

C-64

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.2.126

SVOB$ Macro

The SVOB$ macro generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR
DEBUGGING AID directive.
Macro call:

TABLE

FOR

SVOB$ ADR,LEN

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR
TABLE FOR DEBUGGING AID directive.
The ar~uments are assumed to have
the following meanings:
AOR=Address of SST vector table,
LEN=Length of (number of entries in) table.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
S.VDTA-(length 2 bytes) Table address,
S.VOTL-(2) Table length.
If SVOB$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, SVOB$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets .

not

. MACRO SVOB$ A,L
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NOF $$$GLB
.BYTE 103.,3
.WORD A
.WORD L
.ENOC
.IF NDF S.VOTA
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<S.VDTA,2>,<S.VOTL,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENOM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SVOB$

C.2.127

SVTK$C Macro

SVTK$C generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR TABLE FOR TASK
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

SVTK$C ADR,LEN,PSCT,ERR

Description:
SVTK$C generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR TABLE
FOR TASK directive in the $0PB$$ program section and generates an EMT
377 in the program section named in PSCT.
DIR$ describes the ERR
error service address.
The SVTK$ macro controls symbolic address
generation and describes DPB parameters •
• MACRO SVTK$C AOR,LEN,CS,ERR
.MCALL SVTK$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
. IFTF
SVTK$ ADR,LEN
.IFT

C-65

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SVTK$C

C.2.128 SVTK$S Macro
The SVTK$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for the SPECIFY SST
VECTOR TABLE FOR TASK directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

SVTK$S ADR,LEN,ERR

Description: This macro ge!nerates the code to push a DPB for the
SPECIFY SST VECTOR TABLE FOR TASK directive on the stack. The DPB
arguments must be valid assembler source operands, and they must
specify the information described in the SVTK$ macro. This macro also
generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address as described
in the DIR$ macro •
• MACRO SVTK$S ADR,I.EN,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ LEN
MOV$ ADR
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 105.,3
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SVTK$S

C.2.129

SVTK$ Macro

The SVTK$ macro generates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR
TASK directive.
Macro call:

TABLE

FOR

SVTK$ ADR,LEN

Description: This macro ge!nerates a DPB for the SPECIFY SST VECTOR
TABLE FOR TASK directive!.
The arguments are assumed to have the
following meanings:
ADR=Address of SST vector table,
LEN=Length of (number of entries in) table.
The following symbols are locally defined with their assigned values
equal to the byte off set from the start of the DPB to the respective
DPB elements:
S.VTTA-(length 2 bytes) Table address,
S.VTTL-(2) Table length.
If SVTK$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, SVTK$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offsets .
. MACRO SVTK$ TA,TL
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 105.,3
.WORD TA
.WORD TL
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.VTTA

C-66

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.NLIST
.IRP X,<,<S.VTTA,2>,<S.VTTL,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SVTK$

C.2.130

WSIG$C Macro

The WSIG$C macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR SIGNIFICANT EVENT
directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

WSIG$C PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR SIGNIFICANT
EVENT directive
in the $DPB$$ program section followed by an EMT 377
in the user specified program section that is named PSCT.
The DIR$
macro describes the ERR error service address .
• MACRO WSIG$C PSCT,ERR
.MCALL WSIG$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
WSIG$
. IFT
.PSECT PSCT
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM WSIG$C

C.2.131

WSIG$S Macro

The WSIG$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the WAIT FOR
SIGNIFICANT event directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

WSIG$S ERR

Description:
This macro generates the code to push a one-word DPB for
the WAIT FOR SIGNIFICANT EVENT directive on the stack.
Then it
generates an EMT 377 using the ERR error service address as described
in the DIR$ macro .
• MACRO WSIG$S ERR
.MCALL DIR$
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 49.,1
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM WSIG$S

C.2.132

WSIG$ Macro

The WSIG$ macro generates a DPB for the
directive.

C-67

WAIT

FOR

SIGNIFICANT

EVENT

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Macro call:

WSIG$

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR
EVENT directive. There are no arguments •

SIGNIFICANT

. MACRO WSIG$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 49.,l
.ENDC
.ENDM WSIG$

C.2.133

WTL0$C Macro

The WTLO$C Macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR LOGICAL OR OF EVENT
FLAGS directive in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

WTLO$C SET,MASK,PSCT,ERR

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR LOGICAL OR
OF EVENT FLAGS directive
in the $DPB$$ program section. The WTLO$
macro describes the DPB parameters. The WTLO$C macro then generates
an EMT 377
in the program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro
describes the ERR error service address.
The WTLO$ macro controls
symbolic offset generation.
Note:
Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
WTLO$ macro below .

the

. MACRO WTLO$C SET,MASK,CS,ERR
.MCALL WTLO$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
WTLO$ SET,<MASK>
.!FT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM WTLO$C

C.2.134

WTLO$S Macro

The WTI.0$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the WAIT FOR
LOGICAL OR OF EVENT FLAGS directive on the stack and generates an EMT
377.
Macro call:

WTLO$S SET,MASK,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the WAIT
FOR LOGICAL OR OF EVENT FLAGS directive on the stack. The arguments
are assumed to have the following meanings:
SET=Desired set of event flags (0-4)
MASK=Assembler source operand that yields the desired
mask word
The macro also generates an EMT 377, using
address as described in the DIR$ macro.

C-68

the

ERR

error

service

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Note:
Read the discussion notice concerning ignored arguments in
WTLO$ macro below •

the

• MACRO WTLO$S SET,MSK,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
• IF EQ SET-4
.ERROR SET
:Unsupported macro option:
.IFF
MOV$ MSK
.IF NE SET
MOV #SET,-(SP)
.!FF
LR - (SP)
.ENDC
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 43.,3
.ENDC
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM WTL0$S

C.2.135

WTLO$ Macro

The WTL0$ macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR LOGICAL OR
FLAGS directive.
Macro call:

EVENT

WTL0$ SET,MASK

Description: This macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR LOGICAL OR
OF EVENT FLAGS directive.
The arguments are assumed to have the
following meanings:
SET=Desired set of event flags (0-4),
MASK=If set is O, 1, 2, or 3, a 16-bit (16 flag) mask word;
If set is 4, a list of four mask words (<Ml,M2,M3,M4>).
WTLO$ does not define any symbolic offsets. WTLO$ does not generate
any code if the $$GLB symbol is defined at the time WTLO$ is invoked.
Note:
RSX-llM does not support the specification of flags set
4.
If flag set number 4 is specified it causes an error .

number

. MACRO WTL0$ SET,MASK
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.IF EQ SET-4
.ERROR SET
;Unsupported macro option
.IFF
.BYTE 43.,3
• WORD SET
.WORD MASK
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDM WTLO$

C.2.136

WTSE$C Macro

The WTSE$C macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR SINGLE EVENT FLAG
directive
in a separate PSECT followed by an EMT 377 in the user
specified PSECT.
Macro call:

WTSE$C EFN,PSCT,ERR

C-69

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Description: This macro generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR SINGLE EVENT
FLAG directive in the $DPB$$ section. The WTSE$ macro describes the
DPB parameters. The WTSE$C macro then generates an EMT 377 in the
program section named in PSCT. The DIR$ macro describes the ERR error
service address.
The WTSE$
macro
controls
symbolic
address
generation •
• MACRO WTSE$C EF,CS,ERR
.MCALL WTSE$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPS$$
$$$• •
. IFTF
WTSE$ EF
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM WTSE$C

C.2.137

WTSE$S Macro

The WTSE$S macro generates the code to push a DPB for
the WAIT FOR
SINGLE EVENT FLAG directive on the stack and generates an EMT 377.
Macro call:

WTSE$S EFN,ERR

Description: This macro generates the code to push a DPB for the WAIT
FOR SINGLE EVENT FLAG directive on the stack. The DPB arguments must
be valid assembler sourct! operands,
and they must specify the
information described in the WTSE$S macro. This macro also generates
an EMT 377, using the ERR error service address as described in the
DIR$ macro •
. MACRO WTSE$S EF,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ EF
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 41.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM WTSE$S

C.2.138

WTSE$ Macro

WTSE$ generates a DPB for the WAIT FOR SINGLE EVENT FLAG directive.
Macro call:

WTSE$ EFN

Description: WTSE$ generatE!S a DPB for the WAIT FOR SINGLE EVENT FLAG
directive. The argument must have the following meaning:
EFN=Event flag number.
The following symbol is loccllly defined with its assigned value equal
to the byte offset from the start of the DPB to the DPB element:
W.TSEF-(length 2 bytes) Event flag number.
If WTSE$ is invoked with the $$$GLB symbol defined, WTSE$ does
generate the DPB and it globally defines the symbolic offset.

C-70

not

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO WTSE$ EFN
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NOF $$$GLB
.BYTE 41.,2
.WORD EFN
.ENDC
.IF NDF W.TSEF
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ W.TSEF,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM WTSE$

C.3

EXECUTIVE MACRO EXPANSIONS

The following coded instructions are expansions of macros that you may
find in the Executive source listings of RSX-llM.

C.3.1

CALL Macro

.MACRO CALL SUBR ARG
.IF ION <$INTSV>,<SUBR>
JSR RS,$ INTSV
• IF DF L$$SI1
.WORD ARG
.!FF
.WORD AC<ARG>&PR7
.ENDC
.IFF
.IF ION <$SAVNR>,<SUBR>
JSR RS,$SAVNR
.!FF
.IF ION <$SWSTK>,<SUBR>
EMT 376
.WORD ARG
.IFF
JSR PC,SUBR
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDM

C.3.2

CALLR Macro

CALLR is a call and return from subroutine macro .
. MACRO CALLR SUBR
JMP SUBR
.ENDM

c-71

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.3.3

CRASH Macro

CRASH crashes the system •
• MACRO CRASH
IOT
.ENDM

C.3.4

DIRSV$ Macro

DIRSV$ is the directive register save and set priority macro •
. MACRO DIRSV$
JSR RS,$DIRSV
.ENDM

C.3.S

DRSTS Macro

DRSTS causes a trap to set directive status •
• MACRO DRSTS VALUE
TRAP VALUE
.ENDM

C.3.6

GTUCB$ Macro

GTUCB$ generates code to load the UCB address into RS.
by INTSE$ and INTSV$ only •
. MACRO GTUCB$ UCBSV,NCTRLR
.IF NB <UCBSV>
.IF GT NCTRLR-1
MOV UCBSV(R4) ,RS
.IFF
MOV UCBSV,RS
.ENDC
.IFF
.IF GT NCTRLR-1
MOV CNTBL(R4) ,RS
.IFF
MOV CNTBL,RS
.ENDC
.ENDC
.ENDM

C.3.7

INTLB Macro

Generates an interrupt routine entry point label •
. IF DF E$$DVC
.MACRO INTLB NUM,NAM
$'NAM'NUM'T::
.ENDM
.ENDC

C-72

called

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.3.8

INTSE$ Macro

This is the interrupt save generation macro for error logging devices .
• MACRO INTSE$ DEV,PRI,NCTRLR,PSWSV,UCBSV,?LAB
.IF DF L$$DRV & LD$ 1 DEV & M$$MGE
$ I DEV I INT: :
.IF NDF E$$DVC
.IF EQ NCTRLR-1
CLR R4
.ENDC
.ENDC
.IFF
.IF NDF E$$DVC
$'DEV'INT::INTSV$ DEV,PRI,NCTRLR,PSWSV,UCBSV
.IF EQ NCTRLR-1
CLR R4
.ENDC
.MEXIT
.IFF
$$$=0
.REPT NCTRLR
INTLB \$$$,DEV
JSR RS I$ INTSE
SCBLB \$$$,DEV
• IF OF L$$SI1
• WORD PRI
.IFF
.WORD ~C<PRI>&PR7
.ENDC
.IF GT NCTRLR-$$$-1
BR LAB
.ENDC
$$$=$$$+1
.ENDR
LAB:
.ENDC
.ENDC
GTUCB$ UCBSV,NCTRLR
.ENDM

C.3.9

INTSV$ Macro

INTSV$ causes interrupt save generation for non-error logging devices .
• MACRO INTSV$ DEV,PRI,NCTRLR,PSWSV,UCBSV
.IF NDF L$$DRV ! M$$MGE ! LD$ 1 DEV
.IF GT NCTRLR-1
.IF B <PSWSV>
MFPS TEMP
.IFF
MFPS PSWSV
.ENDC
.IFTF
JSR RS I$ INTSV
• IF DF L$$SI1
• WORD PRI
.IFF
.WORD ~C<PRI>&PR7
.ENDC
.IFT
.IF B <PSWSV>

C-73

MACRO EXPANSIONS
MOV TEMP,R4
.IFF
MOV PSWSV,R4
.ENDC
BIC U 77760 ,R4
ASL R4
.ENDC
.ENDC
GTUCB$ UCBSV,NCTRLR
.ENDM

C.3.10

MFPS/MTPS Macros

These macros either read or write processor status •
• IF NDF L$$SI1
.MACRO MFPS DST
MOVB @#PS,DST
.ENDM
.MACRO MTPS SRC
.IF ION <#0>,<SRC>
CLRB @#PS
.IFF
MOVB SRC,@#PS
.ENDC
.ENDM
.ENDC

C.3.11

RETURN Macro

RETURN generates an RTS PC instruction .
• MACRO RETURN
RTS PC
.ENDM

C.3.12

SAVNR Macro

SAVNR causes a jump to a subroutine to save nonvolatile registers .
• MACRO SAVNR
JSR R5,$SAVNR
.ENDM

C.3.13

SCBLB Macro

SCBLB generates a general status control block reference label .
. IF DF E$$DVC
.MACRO SCBLB NUM,NAM
.WORD $'NAM'NUM
.ENDM
.ENDC

C-74

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.3.14

SETO Macro

SETO sets the floating-point processor to double precision mode .
• MACRO SETD
.WORD 170011
.ENDM

C.3.15

SOB Macro

SOB generates a decrement loop •
• IF NOF R$$EIS
.MACRO SOB A,B
DEC A
BNE B
.ENDM
.ENDC

C.3.16

STD Macro

STD stores a single or double proecision word from the
processor .

floating-point

• MACRO STD A,B
.NTYPE N,A
.NTYPE M,B
.WORD 174000+<N*64.>+M
.ENDM

C.3.17

STFPS Macro

STFPS stores the floating-point processor's status .
• MACRO STFPS A
.NTYPE N,A
.WORD 170200+N
.ENDM

C.3.18

STST Macro

STST stores the floating-point exception code
pointer •
• MACRO STST A
.WORD 170337
.WORD FLSTS
.ENDM
.ENDC
.IIF NDF S$$YDF, .LIST

c-75

and

exception

address

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.3.19

SWSTK$ Macro

SWSTK$ calls $SWSTK to switch system states •
. MACRO SWSTK$ ARG
CALL $SWSTK,ARG
.ENDM
.IF DF F$$LPP

C.3.20

LDD Macro

LDD loads double precision floating-point word into the accumulator .
. MACRO LDD A,B
.NTYPE N,A
.NTYPE M,B
.WORD 172400+<M*64.>+N
.ENDM

C.3.21

LDFPS Macro

LSFPS loads floating-point status .
. MACRO LDFPS A
.IF ION <A>,<@H.FPSA(R2)>
.WORD 170100+72
.WORD H.FPSA
.IFF
.NTYPE N,A
.WORD 170100+N
.ENDC
.ENDM

c. 4 FILES-11 HEADER OFFSE~rs MACRO DEFINITIONS

C.4.1

FBD01$ Macro

FHD01$ defines Files-11 offsets .
. MACRO FHD01$ OFFSET
.MCALL DEF$I,OFFSET,DEFIN$
.IF DF,H.FPRO
.ERROR
.ENDC
Header Area Off sets
DEF$I 0
OFFSET H.IDOF,l
OFFSET H.MPOF,l
OFFSET H.FNUM,2
OFFSET H.FSEQ,2
OFFSET H.FLEV,2
OFFSET H.FOWN
OFFSET H.PROG,l

;!DENT area offset in words
;Map area offset in words
; File number
;File sequence number
;Structure level and system number
;Owner of file consisting of:
; Programmer number

c:-76

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFFSET H.PROJ,l
OFFSET H.FPR0,2

Project number
File protection code

File Protection Bits
DEFIN$ FP.RDV,1
DEFIN$ FP.WRV,2
DEFIN$ FP.EXT,4
DEFIN$ FP.DEL,10
DEFIN$ FP.RAT,l
OFFSET H.FCHA
OFFSET H.UCHA,l

;Read access allowed if clear
:Write access allowed if clear
;Extend access allowed if clear
;Delete allowed if clear
;Read attributes allowed if clear
;File characteristics code
; consisting of:
; User controlled characteristics byte

Bit Definitions for User Controlled Characteristics Byte
DEFIN$ UC.CON,200
DEFIN$ UC.DLK,100
OFFSET H.SCHA,l

;File is logically contiguous if set
;Deaccess lock set if bit is set
;System controlled characteristics
; byte

Bit Definitions for System Controlled Characteristics Byte
DEFIN$ SC.MDL,200
DEFIN$ SC.BAD,100
OFFSET H.UFAT,32.
OFFSET S.HDHD

;Marked for delete if set
;Bad data block in file if set
;User file attributes
;Size in bytes of header area

!dent Area Off sets
DEF$I 0
OFFSET I.FNAM,6
OFFSET I.FTYP,2
OFFSET I.FVER,2
OFFSET I.RVN0,2
OFFSET I.RVDT,7
OFFSET I.RVTI,6
OFFSET I.CRDT,7
OFFSET I.CRTI,6
OFFSET I.EXDT,7
OFFSET ,1
OFFSET S.IDHD
DEFIN$ I.DASZ,7
DEFIN$ I.TISZ,6

C.4.2

;File name in RAD50
;File type in RAD50
;File version number in binary
;Revision number
;Revision date
;Revision time
;Creation date
;Creation time
;Expiration date
;Round up to word boundary
;Size in bytes of IDENT area
;Number of bytes in date string
;Number of bytes in time string

FHDOF$ Macro

FHDOF$ defines Files-11 header offsets.
;Define offsets locally
FHDOF$
;Define offsets locally
FHDOF$ DEF$L
;Define offsets globally
FHDOF$ DEF$G
.MACRO FHDOF$ GLOBAL
.MCALL FHD01$
•.• GBL=O
.IF B,GLOBAL
FHD01$ DEF$L
.IFF
.IF IDN,<GLOBAL>,<DEF$G>
•.• GBL=l
.ENDC
FHD01$ GLOBAL

C-77

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.ENDC
.IF DIF,<GLOBAL>,<DEF$N>
.MACRO FHDOF$ ARGl
;Redefine macro
.ENDM FHDOF$
.ENDC
.ENDM FHDOF$
Map Area Off set
DEF$! 0
OFFSET M.ESQN,l
OFFSET M.ERVN,l
OFFSET M.EFNU,2
OFFSET M.EFSQ,2
OFFSET M.CTSZ,l
OFFSET M.LBSZ,l
OFFSET M.USE,l
OFFSET M.MAX,l
OFFSET M.RTRV
OFFSET S.MPHD

;Extension sequence number
;Extension relative volume number
;Extension file number
;Extension file sequence number
;Block count field size
;Logical block number field size
;Words in use in the map
;Max number of words available in ·map
;Start of retrieval pointers
;Size in bytes of the map area

Checksum for File Header
DEFIN$ H.CKSM,510.
;Sum of words 0-255 .
. IF DIF,<OFFSET>,<DEF$N>
.MACRO FHD01$ ARGl
.ENDM FHD01$
.ENDC
.ENDM FHD01$

C.4.3

HMBOF$ And HMB01$ Macros

HMBOF$ and HMB01$ define Files-11 home block offsets.
HMBOF$
;Define offsets locally
HMBOF$ DEF$L
;Define offsets locally
HMBOF$ DEF$G
;Define offsets globally
.MACRO HMBOF$ GLOBAL
.MCALL HMB01$
... GBL=O
.IF B,GLOBAL
HMB01$ DEF$L
.IFF
.IF IDN,<GLOBAL>,<DEF$G>
..• GBL=l
.ENDC
HMB01$ GLOBAL
.ENDC
.IF DIF,<GLOBAL>,<DEF$N>
.MACRO HMBOF$ ARGl
.ENDM HMBOF$
.ENDC
.ENDM HMBOF$
.MACRO HMB01$ OFFSET
.MCALL DEF$I,OFFSET,DEFIN$
DEF$I 0
OFFSET H.IBSZ,2
;Index bit map size
OFFSET H.IBLB,4
;Index bit map LBN
OFFSET H.FMAX,2
;Maximum number of files on volume
OFFSET H.SBCL,2
;Storage bit map cluster factor
OFFSET H.DVTY,2
;Disk device type
OFFSET H.VLEV,2
;Structure level

C-78

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFFSET H.VNAM,12.
OFFSET ,4
OFFSET H.VOWN,2
OFFSET H.VPR0,2
OFFSET H.VCHA,2

;Volume name - ASCII
;RESERVED
;Volume owner's UIC
;Volume protection code
;Volume characteristics

New Home Block Information Down to H.FIEX
OFFSET H.DFPR,2
.IF DF,H.FPRO
.ERROR
.ENDC
.IF DF,R$$11M
OFFSET H.VFSQ,2

;Default file protection
;Tried to multiply define H.FPRO
;Volume file sequence number
;Updated by dismount

.IFF
OFFSET ,2
;Not used
.ENDC
OFFSET ,4
;Not used
OFFSET H.WISZ,l
;Window size for all files on volume
OFFSET H.FIEX,l
;Default file extend in blocks
OFFSET H.LRUC,l
;Number of entries in directory LRU
OFFSET ,11.
;Available
OFFSET H.CHKl,2
;Checksum of words 0-28.
OFFSET H.VDAT,14.
;Creation date
OFFSET ,398.
;Reserved for relative volume table
OFFSET H.INDN,12.
;System independent volume name
OFFSET H.IND0,12.
;System independent owner name
OFFSET H.INDF,12.
;System independent format type
OFFSET ,2
;Not used
OFFSET H.CHK2,2
;Checksum of words 0-255 .
• IF DIF,<OFFSET>,<DEF$N>
.MACRO HMB01$ ARGl
.ENDM HMB01$
.ENDC
.ENDM HMB01$
.IIF NDF,S$$YDF,.LIST

C.5

C.5.1

FILE CONTROL SERVICES MACRO EXPANSIONS

BDOFF$ Macro

BDOFF$ generates the buffer descriptor offsets.
occurs as for file descriptor offsets .

The same type of call

• MACRO BDOFF$ OFFSET
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I
DEF$I 0
OFFSET ,4
;Virtual block number for this buffer
OFFSET B.VBN,4
;NUMBER OF bytes read or written
OFFSET B.BBFS,2
;Pointer to next buffer descriptor
OFFSET B.NXBD,2
;Spare byte
OFFSET ,1
;Buffer status byte
OFFSET B.BFST,l
OFFSET ,2
OFFSET S.BFHD
.IIF IDN,<DEF$N>,<OFFSET>,.MEXIT
.MACRO BDOFF$ ARG
.ENDM BDOFF$
ENDM BDOFF$
C-79

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.2

CBYTE$ Macro

CBYTE$ conditionally assembles a
.BYTE directive
specified offset. from the beginning of the FDB .

for

VAR

the

• MACRO CBYTE$ VAR,OFFSET
.IF NB,VAR
;If non null
••• PC2=.
;Save PC
PCl+OFFSET
;Set PC to specified offset
.BYTE VAR
;Assemble the byte
.= ... PC2
;Restore PC
.ENDC
.ENDM CBYTE$

.= ...

C.5.3

CLOSE$ Macro

CLOSE$ closes a file .
• MACRO CLOSE$ FDB,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
.GLOBL .CLOSE
JSR PC,.CLOSE
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM CLOSE$

C.5.4

CMOV$2 Macro

CMOV$2 conditionally moves two words from VAR to the specified
of RO.

offset

.MACRO CMOV$2 VAR,OFFSET
.IIF B,VAR,.MEXIT
MOV VAR,-(SP)
;Address of 2 words to state
MOV @(SP) ,OFFSET(RO)
;First word to FOB
ADD #2,{SP)
;Calculate address of 2nd word
MOV @(SP)+,OFFSET+2(R0) ;2nd word to FOB
.ENDM CMOV$2

C.5.5

CMOV$B Macro

CMOV$B conditionally generates a MOVE BYTE instruction to move a
to the specified offset of RO .
. MACRO CMOV$B VAR,OFFSET
.IF IDN,<#0>,<VAR>
CLRB OFFSET(RO)
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.IIF NB,VAR, MOVB VAR,OFFSET(RO)
.ENDM CMOV$B

C-80

byte

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.6

CMOV$W Macro

CMOV$W conditionally moves a word to the specified offset of RO .
. MACRO CMOV$W VAR,OFFSET
.IF IDN,<#O>,<VAR>
CLR OFFSET(RO)
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.IIF NB,VAR, MOV VAR,OFFSET(RO)
.ENDM CMOV$W

C.5.7

CWORD$ Macro

CWORD$ conditionally assembles a
.WORD directive
specified offset for the beginning of the FDB.

for

VAR

MACRO CWORD$ VAR,OFFSET
.IF NB,VAR
;If VAR is not null
... PC2=.
;Save the PC
.= •.• PCl+OFFSET
;Set the PC to the specified offset
.WORD VAR
;Assemble the word
.= ... PC2
;Restore the PC
.ENDC
.ENDM CWORD$

C.5.8

DEF$G Macro

DEF$G defines offsets globally .
. MACRO DEF$G VAR,SIZ
.MCALL DEF$L
.IIF NB,VAR,.GLOBL VAR
DEF$L VAR,SIZ
.ENDM DEF$G

C.5.9

;Define global offset

DEF$I Macro

.MACRO DEF$I !VAL
;Initialize definition
.•. TPC="'O<IVAL>
;Macros program counter
.ENDM DEF$I

C.5.10

DEF$L Macro

.MACRO DEF$L SYM,SIZ
.IF NB,SYM
SYM="'O< .•. TPC>
.ENDC
.IF NB,SIZ
... TPC="'O< ... TPC+SIZ>
.ENDC
.ENDM DEF$L

C-81

the

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.11

DEF$N Macro

DEF$N updates ••• TPC but does not define the symbol.
.MACRO DEF$N VAR,SIZ
.MCALL DEF$L
DEF$L ,SIZ
• ENDM DE.F$N

C.5.12

;Define no offset-calculate the size

DEFIN$ Macro

DEFIN$ equates the symbol with its specified value and defines
globally if ••• GBL = 1. Otherwise, it locally defines the symbol .

. MACRO DEFIN$ SYM,VAL
.IIF EQ, ••• GBL-1,.GLOBL SYM
SYM="'O<VAL>
.ENDM DEFIN$

C.5.13

DELET$ Macro

DELET$ deletes a file •
. MACRO DELET$ FDB,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$~ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
.GLOBL .DELET
JSR PC, . DE LET
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM DELET$

C.5.14

FCSBT$ Macro

FCSBT$ defines FCS bits and values locally or globally.
Call with
DEF$G for global definitions;
conventionally called with DEF$L for
local, but anything not equal to DEF$G will do
.MACRO
FCSBT$ GLOBL
.MCALL DEFIN$
•.• GBL=O
.IIF IDN,<GLOBL>,<DEF$G>, •.. GBL=l
F.RATT bits - Record Attribute Byte
;FORTRAN carriage control bit
;Insert carriage returns between
;records
;R.SEQ/VFC print file
;l if records cannot cross block
;boundaries

DEFIN$ FD.FTN,l
DEF IN$ FD .CR, 2
DEF IN$ FD. PRN, 4
DEFIN$ FD.BLK,10
F.RACC bits - Record Access Byte

;On if read/write, off if GET/PUT
;On if random, off if sequential
;On if partial locate, off if
;sequential
;On if put sequential insert
;mode; off if truncate mode

DEFIN$ FD.RWM,l
DEFIN$ FD.RAN ,2
DEFIN$ FD.PLC,4
DEF IN$ FD. INS, 10

C-82

MACRO EXPANSIONS
F.RCTL bits - Record Control Byte - Device Characteristics
DEFIN$ FD.REC,l

;On if record oriented device,
;off if block oriented
;On if carriage control output

DEFIN$ .D.CCL,2
device;

;off if not
;On if this device is a TTY
;On if directory device, off if
; not
;On if single directory device
;On if sequential device
;Input spooling
;Output spooling

DEFIN$ FD.TTY,4
DEFIN$ FD.DIR,10
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

FD.SDI,20
FD.SQD,40
FD.ISP,2000
FD.OSP,4000
FD.PSE,10000
FD.COM,20000
FD.Fll,40000
FD.MNT,100000

N.STAT Bits - File Name Block Status Word - Set by parse
DEF IN$ NB.VER,l
DEF IN$ NB.TYP,2
DEF IN$ NB.NAM,4
DEF IN$ NB.SVR,10
DEF IN$ NB.STP,20
DEF IN$ NB.SNM,40
DEF IN$ NB.DIR,100

;Set if file version was explicit
;Set if file type was explicit
;Set if file name was explicit
;Set if * in version field
;Set if * in type field
;Set if * in name field
;Set· if explicit directory
; .... 1-1ecified
;Set if device name was explicit
;Set if * in project number of

DEF IN$ NB.DEV,200
DEF IN$ NB.SDl,400
PPN
DEF IN$ NB.SD2,l000
PPN

;Set if

* in programmer number of

***** NOTE: MORE BITS IN N.STAT ARE LOCALLY USED BY FCS
Check Definition Section in FCS
F.RTYP Values - Record Type Byte
Note: These are values, not bits
;Fixed length records
;Variable length records
;Sequenced records

DEFIN$ R.FIX,l
DEFIN$ R. VAR, 2
DEFIN$ R.SEQ,3
F.FACC Bits - File Access Byte
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

FA.RD,l
FA.WRT,2
FA.EXT,4
FA.CRE,10
FA.TMP,20
FA.SHR,40

;Set
;Set
;Set
;Set
;Set
;Set

if
if
if
if
if
if

read only
accessed for write
access for extend
creating new file
creating temp file
shared access

The following two names apply to the same control bit in F.FACC:
FA.APO is only used if the file is an existing file
FA.CRE=O) ;
FA.NSP is only used if the file is being created
(FA.CRE=l)

C-83

MACRO EXPANSIONS
DEFIN$ FA.APD,100
DEFIN$ FA.NSP,100

;Set if appending (POSIT to EOF)
;Set if inhibiting supersede on
; file creation
DEFIN$ FO.RD,FA.RD
;Open for read
DEFIN$ FO~WRT,FA.WRT1FA.EXT!FA.CRE ;Open for write (create)
DEFIN$ FO.APD,FA.WRT!FA.EXT!FA.APD ;Open for append
DEFIN$ FO.MFY,FA.WRT
;Open for modify
FO.UPD,FA.WRT!FA.EXT ;Open for update

Bits in F.ACTL in the FOB - Several of these bits also have local
definitions in FCSPRE.MAC;
however,
all definitions are mutually
exclusive.
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

FA.ENB,100000
FA.WCK,20000
FA.SEQ,40000
FA.DLK,1000
FA.RWD,4000
FA.POS,10000

;Enable use of F.ACTL word
;Enable write check
;Enable sequential processing only
;Enable no lock on abnormal close
;Enable rewind control for magtape
;File creation position control for
;magtape
;Exclusive use bit

DEFIN$ FA.EXC,2000

F.CHR Bits - ACP Global Volume Characteristics
DEFIN$ CH.AND,l
F.MBFG Bits - Multiple

;ANSI 'D' format
Buffe~ing

Flag word -

DEFIN$ FD.RAH,l

;Read ahead if set - this or write
;behind
;Write behind if set - not both

DEFIN$ FD.WBH,2

Note: More bits in F.MBFG used in FCS locally
.CTRL Function Codes
DEFIN$ FF.RWD,l
DEFIN$ FF.POE,2
DEFIN$ FF.NV,3
DEFIN$ FF.SPC,4
DEFIN$ FF.CHR,5
DEFIN$ FF.RWF,6
.MACRO FCSBT$ ARG
.ENDM FCSBT$
.ENDM FCSBT$

C.5.15

;Rewind
;Position to end of volume (set)
;Next volume
;Space
;Get APC characteristics
;ERS rewind file

FCSMC$ Macro

FCSMC$ executes an MCALL for all the FCS macros .
. MACRO FCSMC$
.MCALL OPEN$R,OPEN$W,OPEN$M,OPEN$U,OPEN$A,CLOSE$
.MCALL OPNS$R,OPNS$W,OPNS$M,OPNS$U,OPNS$A
.MCALL READ$,WRITE$,WAIT$,GET$,PUT$,DELET$,FINIT$
.MCALL FSRSZ$,FDBDF$,FDAT$A~FDRC$A,FDOP$A,FDBF$A,FDBK$A
.MCALL FDAT$R,FDRC$R,FDOP$R,FDBF$R,FDBK$R,NMBLK$
.MACRO FCSMC$
.ENDM FCSMC$
.ENDM FCSMC$

C-84

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.16

FDAT$A Macro

FDAT$A initializes the file attribute section of the FDB
time.

assembly

.MACRO FDAT$A RTYP,RATT,RSIZ,CNTG,ALOC
.MCALL FDOFF$,CBYTE$,CWORD$
FDOFF$ DEF$L
CBYTE$ <RTYP>,F.RTYP
CBYTE$ <RATT>,F.RATT
CWORD$ <RSIZ>,F.RSIZ
CWORD$ <CNTG>,F.CNTG
CWORD$ <ALOC>,F.ALOC
.ENDM FOAT$A

C.5.17

FDAT$R Macro

FOAT$R initializes the file attribute section of the FDB at run time .
• MACRO FOAT$R FOB,RTYP,RATT,RSIZ,CNTG,ALOC
.MCALL LDFOB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B
LDFOB$ FOB
;~oad FOB address
CMOV$B RTYP,F.RTYP
CMOV$B RATT,F.RATT
CMOV$W RSIZ,F.RSIZ
CMOV$W CNTG,F.CNTG
CMOV$W ALOC,F.ALOC
.ENOM FOAT$R

C.5.18

FDBOF$ Macro

FOBDF$ allocates space at assembly time for the FOB •
• MACRO FOBDF$
.MCALL FOBSZ$
FDBSZ$
••. PCl= •
• BLKB S.FOB
.ENOM FOBOF$

C.5.19

FDBF$A Macro

FOBF$A intializes the buffer descriptor section of the FDB at assembly
time.
.MACRO FOBF$A EFN,OVBS,MBCT,MBFG
.MCALL FDOFF$,CBYTE$,CWORD$
FDOFF$ OEF$L
CBYTE$ <EFN>,F.EFN
CWORD$ <OVBS>,F.OVBS
CBYTE$ <MBCT>,F.MBCT
CBYTE$ <MBFG>,F.MBFG
.ENDM FDBF$A

c-85

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.20

FDBF$R Macro

FDBF$R initializes the block buffer section of the FOB at run time .
• MACRO FDBF$R FDB,EFN,OVBS,MBCT,MBFG
MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B
LDFDB$ FOB
CMOV$B EFN,F.EFN
;Event flag to use
CMOV$W OVBS,F.OVBS
:Size of block buffer
CMOV$B MBCT,F.MBCT
;No. of buffers
CMOV$B MBFG,F.MBFG
:Read ahead or write behind
.ENDM FDBF$R

C.5.21

FDBK$A Macro

FDBK$A initializes the block access section of
time.

the

FOB

assembly

.MACRO FDBK$A BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKDN
.MCALL FDOFF$,CBYTE$,CWORD$
FDOFF$ DEF$L
CWORD$ <BKAD>,F.BKDS+2
CWORD$ <BKSZ>,F.BKDS
CWORD$ <BKVB>,F.BKVB+2
;Store low order only
CBYTE$ <BKEF>,F.BKEF
CWORD$ <BKST>,F.BKST
CWORD$ <BKDN>,F.BKON
.ENDM FOBK$A

C.5.22

FDBK$R Macro

FDBK$R initializes the block access section of the FDB at run time.
.MACRO FOBK$R FOB,BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKON
.MCALL LOFDB$,CMOV$B,CMOV$W,CMOV$2
LDFDB$ FOB
;Block address-memory buffer
CMOV$W BKAD,F.BKDS+2
;Size of transfer in bytes
CMOV$W BKSZ,F.BKDS
;Address of 2 word virtual
CMOV$2 BKVB,F.BKVB
;Block number, move both words
CMOV$B BKEF,F.BKEF
;Event flag
CMOV$W BKST,F.BKST
;ADR OF I/O STATUS BLOCK
;Address of I/O done AST
CMOV$W BKDN,F.BKDN
.ENDM FOBK$R

C.5.23

FDBSZ$ Macro

FDBSZ$ defines the size of the FOB as a local symbol (S.FDB) •
. MACRO FDBSZ$
.IIF DF,S.FDB,.MEXIT
.MCALL FDOFF$,DEF$L
FDOFF$ DEF$N
DEF$L S.FDB
.ENDM FDBSZ$

;Define S.FDB as size of FOB
;Invoke offset definitions but do
; not actually define ~he offset
; names
;Now define S.FDB

C-·86

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.24

FDOP$A Macro

FDOP$A initializes the file open section of the FDB at assembly time .
• MACRO FDOP$A LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC,FACTRL
.MCALL FDOFF$,CBYTE$,CWORD$
FDOFF$ DEF$L
CBYTE$ <LUN>,F.LUN
CWORD$ <FNPT>,F.DSPT
CWORD$ <DFNB>,F.DFNB
CBYTE$ <FACC>,F.FACC
CWORD$ <FACTRL>,F.ACTL
.ENDM FDOP$A

C.5.25

FDOP$R Macro

FOOP$R initializes the file open section of the FOB at run time .
• MACRO FOOP$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC,FACTRL
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B
LDFDB$ FDB
CMOV$B LUN,F.LUN
CMOV$W FNPT,F.DSPT
CMOV$W OFNB,F.DFNB
CMOV$B FACC,F.FACC
CMOV$W FACTRL,F.ACTL
.ENDM FDOP$R

C.5.26

FORC$A Macro

FDRC$A initializes the record access section of the
time.

FOB

assembly

.MACRO FDRC$A RACC,URBA,URBS
.MCALL FDOFF$,CBYTE$,CWORD$
FOOFF$ DEF$L
CBYTE$ <RACC>,F.RACC
CWORD$ <URBA>,F.URBD+2
CWORD$ <URBS>,F.URBD
. ENDM FDRC'$A

C.5.27

FDRC$R Macro

FDRC$R initializes the record access section of the FDB at run time .
• MACRO FDRC$R FDB,RACC,URBA,URBS
.MCALL LOFDB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B
LDFOB$ FOB
CMOV$B RACC,F.RACC
C...... V$W URBA,F.URBD+2
CMOV$W URBS,F.URBD
• ENDM FDRC$R

C-87

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.28

FDOF$L Macro

FDOF$L calls FDOFF$ to locally define
only once .

offsets.

This

action

occurs

• MACRO FDOF$L
.MCALL FDOFF$
FDOFF$ DEF$L
.ENDM FDOF$L

C.5.29

FDOFF$ Macro

FDOFF$ is the File Descriptor Block definition macro.
It is called
with one of the following macro names:
DEF$L, DEF$G, or DEF$N. DEF$L
defines local offsets, DEF$G defines total offsets, and DEF$N defines
the size of the FDB .
. MACRO FDOFF$ OFFSE'r
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I,NB0FF$
NBOFF$ OFFSET
DEF$I 0
;Initialize the definition macro
File Attribute Section
OFFSET F.RTYP,l
OFFSET F.RATT,l
OFFSET F.RSIZ,2
OFFSET F.HIBK,4
OFFSET F.EFBK,4
OFFSET F.FFBY,2
OFFSET S.FATT

;Record type
;Record attributes
;Record size
;Highest virtual block no. allocated
;End of file block number
;First free byte in last block
;Size of file attribute section

Record Access Section
OFFSET F.RACC,l
OFFSET F.RCTL,l
OFFSET F.BKDS
OFFSET F.URBD,4
OFFSET F.BKST
OFFSET F.NRBD,2
OFFSET F.BKDN
OFFSET ,2
OFFSET F.OVBS
OFFSET F.NREC,2
OFFSET F.EOBB,2
OFFSET F.CNTG
OFFSET F.RCNM,2
OFFSET F.STBK
OFFSET ,2
OFFSET F.ALOC,2
File Open Section
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET

F.LUN,l
F.FACC,l
F.DSPT,2
F.DFNB,2

,Record access
;Record control
;Block I/O - buffer descriptor
;User's record buffer descriptor
;Block I/O - I/O status block address
;Next record buffer descriptor
;Block I/O - I/O done AST address
;2nd word of NRBD
;Override block buffer size
;Next record address in block buffer
;End of block buffer
;Size in blocks of contiguous file
;Record number for random records
;Address to read in statistics block
;2nd word of RCNM
;Allocate this much space when need
;To extend, + = contig, - = not
;Logical unit number
; File access
;File descriptor pointer
;Default file name block address

C-88

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Block Buffer Section
OFFSET F.BKEF
OFFSET F.EFN,l
OFFS.ET F. BKPl, 1
OFFSET F.ERR,2
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET

F.MBCT,l
F.MBCl,1
F.MBFG,l
F.BGBC,l

OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET

F.VBSZ,2
F.BBFS,2
F.BKVB
F.VBN,4
F.BDB,2
F.SPDV,2
F.SPUN,l
F.CHR,l

OFFSET F.ACTL,2
OFFSET F.SEQN,2

;Block I/O - event flag number
;Event flag used in QIO
;Bookkeeping bits
;1st byte error return code
;2nd byte for QIO error indicator
;Number of buffers to use (desired)
;Number of buffers in use
;Multiple buffering control flags
;Big buffer block count {size in
; blocks)
;Virtual block size in bytes
;Block buffer size
;Block I/O - virtual block number
;Virtual block number
;Block buffer descriptor block
;Spool device indicator
;Spool unit designator
;ACP volume characteristics summary
; byte
;Access control word
;Sequence number for sequenced files

File Name Block Section
OFFSET F.FNB,S.FNB
;Beginning of file name block
. IIF ION I <OFFSET>, <DEF$N>,. MEX IT - .
. IF IDN,<OFFSET>,<DEF$G>
.GLOBL F.FNAM,F.FTYP,F.FVER,F.DVNM,F.UNIT
.ENDC
F.FNAM=N.FNAM+F.FNB
F.FTYP=N.FTYP+F.FNB
F.FVER=N.FVER+F.FNB
F.DVNM=N.DVNM+F.FNB
F.UNIT=N.UNIT+F.FNB
OFFSET S.FDB
;Size of FDB
.MACRO FDOFF$ ARG
.ENDM FDOFF$
.ENDM FDOFF$

C.5.30

FDSOF$ Macro

FDSOF$ defines
F.DSPT •

offsets

relative

the

file

• MACRO FDSOF$ OFFSET
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I,DEF$L
DEF$I 0
OFFSET N.DEVD,4
;Device string descriptor
OFFSET N.DIRD,4
;Directory string descriptor
OFFSET N.FNMD,4
;File name string descriptor
OFFSET S.FIDS
.IF IDN,<DEF$N>,<OFFSET>
DEF$L S.FIDS
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.MACRO FDSOF$ ARG
.ENDM FDSOF$
.ENDM FDSOF$

C-89

descriptor

pointer,

MACRO EXPANSIONS

c.S.31

FINIT$ and FSRSZ$ Macros

FINIT$ and FSRSZ$ initialize the file control services •
• MACRO FIN IT$
.GLOBL .FINIT
JSR PC, • FIN IT
.ENDM FINIT$
.MACRO FSRSZ$ NFILJ=:S,BFSPAC,PSECT
.MCALL BDOFF$,DEF$L
.IF NDF,S.BFHD
BDOFF$ DEF$N
DEF$L S.BFHD
.ENDC
.GLOBL .FSRCB
.PSECT $$FSR1,GBL,OVR,D
.IF NB,<BFSPAC>
.BLKB NFILES*S.BFHD+<BFSPAC>
.IFF
.BLKB NFILES*<S.BFBD+512.>
.ENDC
.PSECT PSECT
.ENDM FSRSZ$

C.5.32
FSROF$

FSROF$ Macro
generate~

the file storage region offsets .

• MACRO FSROF$ OFFSET
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I,DEF$L
Define the Offsets for $$FSR2
DEF$! 0
OFFSET ,4
OFFSET A.BFSR,2
OFFSET A.EFSR,2

;List head for allocation
;First address in FSRl
;Last address in FSRl

***** DO NOT SEPARATE THE FOLLOWING 2 DEFINITIONS
OFFSET A.OWUI,2;UIC of owner (from task header)
OFFSET A.FIPR,2
;Default file protection
***** DO NOT SEPARATE THE PRECEEDING 2 DEFINITIONS

~ord

***** DO NOT SEPARATE THE FOLLOWING 3 DEFINTIONS
OFFSET A.DPB,24.
;QI/O DPB and scratch area
OFFSET A.IOST,4
;Scratch I/O status block
OFFSET A.DFDR,24.
;Default directory information
***** DO NOT SEPARATE THE PRECEEDING 3 DEFINITIONS
;Default buffer count (multiple
; buffering)
;Default UIC (task UIC)
;Size of file storage region 2

OFFSET A.DFBC,2
OFFSET A.DFUI,2
OFFSET S.FSR2
DEF$L S.FSR2

Define Offsets Relative to Beginning of the Default Directory Info
DEF$I 0
OFFSET ,14.
OFFSET D.DFID,6
OFFSET D.DFDV,2

;Default directory ID
;Device name for default
;directory ID

C-90

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFFSET D.DFUN,2

;Unit number for default
;directory ID

.IIF IDN,<DEF$N>,<OFFSET>,.MEXIT
.MACRO FSROF$ ARG
.ENDM FSROF$
.ENDM FSROF$

C.5.33

GET$ Macro

GET$ gets a record from a file .
• MACRO GET$ FDB,INADR,MAXCNT,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
;User record buffer address
CMOV$W INADR,F.URBD+2
;User record buffer size
CMOV$W MAXCNT,F.URBD
.GLOBL .GET
JSR PC, .GE'I'
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM GET$

C.5.34

GET$R Macro

GET$R gets a record in random mode .
• MACRO GET$R FDB,INADR,MAXCNT,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL' LDFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
CMOV$W INADR,F.URBD+2
;User record buffer address
;User record buffer size
CMOV$W MAXCNT,F.URBD
CMOV$W LRCNM,F.RCNM+2
;Low order record number
;High order record number
CMOV$W HRCNM,F.RCNM
.GLOBL .GET
JSR PC, .GET
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM GET$R

C.5.35

GET$S Macro

GET$S gets a record in strictly sequential mode .
• MACRO GET$S FDB,INADR,MAXCNT,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
CMOV$W INADR,F. URBD+2 - ; User record buffer address
CMOV$W MAXCNT,F.URBD
;User record buffer size
.GLOBL .GETSQ
JSR PC, • GETSQ
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM GET$S

C.5.36

NBOF$L Macro

NBOF$L calls NBOFF$ to define offsets as local symbols.
occurs only once.

C-91

This

action

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO NBOF$L
.MCALL NBOFF$
NBOFF$ OEF$L
.ENOM NBOF$L
If the FOB parameter is null or RO, LOFOB$ does
Otherwise, it does move the FOB to RO .
• MACRO LOFOB$ FOB
.IIF B,FOB,.MEXIT
.NTYPE PAR$$$,FOB
.IIF EQ,PAR$$$,.MEXIT
MOV FDB,RO
.ENOM LOFDB$

C.5.37

not move

FOB to RO.

;If null then exit
;If RO then exit
;Else generate the move

NBOFF$ Macro

NBOFF$ generates the file name block offsets .
. MACRO NBOFF$ OFFSET
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I,OEF$L
DEF$! 0
OFFSET S.FNAM
;Define as global if parameter
OFFSET S.FTYP
;Is DEF$G
OFFSET S.FNTY
OFFSET S.FNBW
S.FNAM=6
;Size of filename in bytes
S.FTYP=2
;Size of file type in bytes
S.FNTY=<S.FNAM+S.FTYP>/2 ;Size of filename + type in words
OFFSET N.FID,6
;File ID
OFFSET N.FNAM,S.FNAM
;Filename
OFFSET N.FTYP,S.FTYP
;Type
OFFSET N.FVER,2
;Version
OFFSET S.NFEN
;Size of name file entry in bytes
DEF$L S.NFEN
;Force at least a local definition
OFFSET N.STAT,2
;Status
OFFSET N.NEXT,2
;Temp cell for find next
OFFSET N.DID,6
;Directory ID
OFFSET N.DVNM,2
;Device name in ASCII
OFFSET N.UNIT,2
;Unit number
OFFSET S.FNB
;Size of FNB in bytes
DEF$L S.FNB
;Force local definition at least
S.FNBW=S.FNB/2
;Size of FNB in words
.!IF IDN,<DEF$N>,<OFFSET>,.MEXIT ;Don't redefine the macro
.MACRO NBOFF$ ARG
.ENDM NBOFF$
. ENDM NBOFF$

C.5.38

NMBLK$ Macro

NMBLK$ defines the file name block at assembly time .
. MACRO NMBLK$ FNAME,FTYPE1VERS,DEVNAM,UNIT
.MCALL RAD50$,CWORD$,NBOFP$
NBOFF$ DEF$L
;Define name block offsets locally
.IIF NDF, ..• PCl, .•• PCl=O
.•• PC3= ••• PC1
;Preserve ••• PCl
••• PCl= •
. = ... PCl+N. FNAM
RAD50$ <FNAME>,S.FNAM/2

C-92

MACRO EXPANSIONS

.= ... PCl+N.FTYP
RAD50$ <FTYPE>,S.FTYP/2
CWORD$ <VERS>,N.FVER
.IF NB,DEVNAM
.= ... PCl+N.DVNM
.WORD "DEVNAM
.ENDC
C.. ORD$ <UNIT>,N.UNIT
.= ... PCl+S.FNB
.•• PC1= .•• PC3
;Restore ..• PCl
.ENDM NMBLK$
C.5.39

OPEN$ Macro

OPEN$ opens a file •
. MACRO OPEN$ FDB,FACC,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL FDOP$R,FDRC$R,ERR$,CMOV$B
FDOP$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC
FDRC$R ,RACC,URBA,URBS
.GLOBL .OPEN
JSR PC, • OPEN
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM OPEN$

C.5.40

OPEN$A Macro

OPEN$A opens a file for appending .
. MACRO OPEN$A FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FO.APD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPEN$A

C.5.41

OPEN$M Macro

OPEN$M opens a file for modification .
. MACRO OPEN$M FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPEN$M

C.5.42

OPEN$R Macro

OPEN$R opens a file for reading .
. MACRO OPEN$R, FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FO.RD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPEN$R

C-93

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.43

OPEN$U Macro

OPEN$U opens a file for updating .
. MACRO OPEN$U FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FO.UPD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPEN$U

C.5.44

OPEN$W Macro

OPEN$W opens a file for writing •
• MACRO OPEN$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPEN$W

C.5.45

OPNS$A Macro

OPNS$A opens a shared file for appending •
• MACRO OPNS$A FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
.
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.APD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPN5$A

C.5.46

OPNS$M Macro

OPNS$M opens a shared file for modification .
. MACRO OPNS$M FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPNS$M

C.5.47

OPNS$R Macro

OPNS$R opens a shared file for reading .
. MACRO OPNS$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.RD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPNS$R

C.5.48

OPNS$U Macro

OPNS$U opens a shared file for updating .
. MACRO OPNS$U FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.UPD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPNS$U

C-94

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.49

OPNS$W Macro

OPNS$W opens a shared file for writing .
. MACRO OPNS$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPNS$W

C.5.50

OPNT$D Macro

Create, access, and mark for delete a new file not entered in a
directory.
It will be deleted when closed (deaccessed) and will be
properly deleted if program should terminate abnormally .
• MACRO OPNT$D FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPNT$W
OPNT$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS
BCS .+6
JSR PC,. MRKDL
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM OPNT$D

C.5.51

OPNT$W Macro

OPNT$W creates and accesses
directory.
The file may be
should be deleted before the
index file with no directory

a new file and does enter it in a
closed and reopened by file ID. The file
program exits otherwise it remains in the
entry .

. MACRO OPNT$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OPEN$
OPEN$ FDB,#FA.TMP!FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OPNT$W

C.5.52

OFID$ Macro

OFID$ opens a file by file ID .
. MACRO OFID$ FDB,FACC,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL FDOP$R,FDRC$R,ERR$,CMOV$B
FDOP$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC
FDRC$R ,RACC,URBA,URBS
.GLOBL .OPFID
JSR PC I . OPFID
ERR$ ERR
• ENDM OFID$

C.5.53

OFID$A Macro

OFID$A opens a file by file ID for appending .
. MACRO OFID$A FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFID$
OFID$ FDB,#FO.APD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
. ENDM OFID$A

C-95

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.54

OFID$M Macro

OFID$M opens a file for modification by file ID •
. MACRO OFID$M FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFID$
OFID$ FDB,#FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFID$M

C.5.55

OFID$R Macro

OFID$R opens a file for reading by file ID •
. MACRO OFID$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFID$
OFID$ FDB,#FO.RD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC~URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFID$R

C.5.56

OFID$U Macro

OFID$U opens a file for updating by file ID .
• MACRO OFID$U FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,UR5S,ERR
.MCALL OFID$
OFID$ FDB,#FO.UPD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFID$U

C.5.57

OFID$W Macro

OFID$W opens a file for writing by file ID .
. MACRO OFID$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFID$
OFID$ FDB,#FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFID$W

C.5.58

OFNB$ Macro

OFNB$ opens a file by file name block •
. MACRO OFNB$ FDB,FACC,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL FDOP$R,FDRC$R,ERR$,CMOV$B
FDOP$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC
FORC$R ,RACC,URBA,URBS
.GLOBL .OPFNB
JSR PC,. OPFNB
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM OFNB$

C-96

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.59

OFNB$A Macro

OFNB$A opens a file by file name block for appending .
• MACRO OFNB$A FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFNB$
OFNB$ FDB,#FO.APD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFNB$A

C.5.60

OFNB$M Macro

OFNB$M opens a file by file name block for modification •
. MACRO OFNB$M FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFNB$
OFNB$ FDB,#FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFNB$M

C.5.61

OFNB$R Macro

OFNB$R opens a file by file name block for reading •
. .MACRO OFNB$ R FDB I LUN I FNPT I RACC I URBA I URBS, ERR
.MCALL OFNB$
OFNB$ FDB,#FO.RD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFNB$R

C.5.62

OFNB$U Macro

OFNB$U opens a file by file name block for updating .
• MACRO OFNB$U FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFNB$
OFNB$ FDB,#FO.UPD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
. ENDM OFNB$U

C.5.63

OFNB$W Macro

OFNB$W opens a file by file name block for writing .
. MACRO OFNB$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL OFNB$
OFNB$ FDB,#FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM OFNB$W

C.5.64

PUT$ Macro

PUT$ puts a record in random or sequential mode •
. MACRO PUT$ FDB,OUTADR,OUTCNT,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FDB
CMOV$W OUTADR,F.NRBD+2 ;Next record buffer address
CMOV$W OUTCNT,F.NRBD
1Next record buffer size

C-97

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.GLOBL .PUT
JSR PC, .PUT
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM PUT$

C.5.65

PDT$R Macro

PUT$R puts a record in random mode •
• MACRO PUT$R FDB,OUTADR,OUTCNT,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL LOFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LOFOB$ FOB
CMOV$W OUTADR,F.NRBD+2 ;Next record buffer address
;Next record buffer size
CMOV$W OUTCNT,F.NRBD
;Low order record number
CMOV$W LRCNM,F.RCNM+2
;High order record number
CMOV$W HRCNM,F.RCNM
.GLOBL .PUT
JSR PC,.PUT
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM PUT$R

C.5.66

PDT$S Macro

PUT$S puts a record in strictly sequential mode .
• MACRO PUT$S FDB,OUTADR,OUTCNT,ERR
.MCALL LOFOB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
CMOV$W OUTADR,F.NRB0+2 ;Next record buffer address
CMOV$W OUTCNT,F.NRBO
;Next record buffer size
.GLOBL .PUTSQ
JSR PC,.PUTSQ
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM PUT$S

C.5.67

RAD50$ Macro

.MACRO RA050$ STRING,MAXWRD
.•• PC2= •
• RADSO /STRING/
.IF GT,<.- •.• PC2>-A0<2*MAXWRD>
. ERROR
; Str in·g
RAD50 - string too long,
; truncated
.=AO< •.. PC2+<2*MAXWRD>>
.MEXIT
.ENOC
.REPT AO<MAXWRD-<<.- .•. PC2>/2>>
.WORD 0
.ENOR
.ENDM RA050$

C-98

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.5.68

READ$ Macro

READ$ reads a virtual block •
• MACRO READ$ FDB,BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKDN,ERR
.MCALL FDBK$R,ERR$
FDBK$R FDB,BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKDN
.GLOBL .READ
JSR PC,. READ
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM READ$

C.5.69

TRUNC$ Macro

TRUNC$ truncates a file .
• MACRO TRUNC$ FDB,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,ERR$
LDFDB$ FDB
.GLOBL .TRUNC
JSR PC, • TRUNC
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM TRUNC$

C.5.70

WAIT$ Macro

WAIT$ waits
execution •

for

I/0

completion

after

READ$

WRITE$

• MACRO WAIT$ FOB,EFN,BKST,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B,ERR$
LDFOB$ FOB
CMOV$B EFN,F.EFN
CMOV$W BKST,F.BKST
.GLOBL .WAIT
JSR PC I • WAIT
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM WAIT$

C.5.71

WRITE$ Macro

WRITE$ writes a virtual block •
• MACRO WRITE$ FDB,BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKDN,ERR
.MCALL FDBK$R,ERR$
FDBK$R FDB,BKAD,BKSZ,BKVB,BKEF,BKST,BKDN
.GLOBL .WRITE
JSR PC,. WRITE
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM WRITE$

C-99

macro

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C. 6

C.6.1

NETWORK SYMBOL DEFINIT:CON MACRO

COMDF$ Macro

Commom Symbol Module for M/D Networks Implementation
.MACRO COMDF$ DEF
.NLIST
.IF IDN <DEF>,<DEF$G>
.GLOBL B.OT,B.UN,B.RC,B.RN,B.RP,B.RU,B.NA,B.UA,B.MN,B.MX
.GLOBL CT.IN,CT.CN,LB.N,LB.E
.GLOBL NT.IN,NT.NS
.GLOBL CR.UR,CR.NR,CR.MX
.GLOBL CR.NO,CR.Nl,CR.N2,CR.N3,CR.N4,CR.NS,CR.N6,CR.N9,
CR.NlO ,CR.Nll
.GLOBL CR.N7,CR.N8
.GLOBL CR.DI,CR.DT,CR.DA
.GLOBL IA.ISM,IA.ABO,IA.DIS,IA.NFW
.GLOBL CN.IN,CN.OU,CN.UT,CN.NT
.GLOBL OB.TA,OB.FS,OB.SQ,OB.BO,OB.TC,OB;Ro,oB.RA,OB.ND,
OB .. DD,OB.BM
.GLOBL OB.TH,OB.TB,OB.TI,OB.CR,OB.LP,OB.PR,OB.PP,OB.PL,OB.MT
.GLOBL OB.DT,OB.CS,OB.CP,OB.FH,OB.MH,OB.FL
.ENDC
;Object type valu~
B.OT = 0
B.UN = 1
;Object type unit number
;Offset to remote connect I
8.RC = B.OT+2
;Offset to remote process name [RADSO]
B.RP = B.RN+4
;Offset to remote UIC [.WORD
B.RU = B.RP+4
; GROUP,USER]
;Offset to I of user arguements
B.NA = B.RU+4
B.UA = B.NA+2
;Offset to first user arguement
B.MN
;Minimum size of buffer [O arguements]
B.UA
B.MX
;Maximum size of buffer [8. arguments]
B.MN+lO
;Send this message at AST level [XMIT]
NT. IN = 10
;No status message required [RECV]
NT.NS = 1
CR.UR = 2
;Connect reject [remote user
; rejection]
CR.NR
3
;Connect reject [remote NCS rejection]
CR.MX = 6
;Maximum reason
CR.NO
0
; Reject by NCS
CR.Nl = 1
;Too many connects to remote node
CR.N2 = 2
;Too many connects to remote process
CR.N3
3
;Process does not exist on this node
CR.N4 = 4
;Object type does not exist on this
; node
CR.NS
5
;Destination address in use
;Node shutting down
CR.N6 = 6
CR.N7
7
CR.NB = 8.
CR.N9 = 11
;Invalid task name
;Invalid qualifier
CR.NlO = 12
;Bad destination parameter
CR.Nll = 13
CR.DI = 4
;Disconnect initiate
;Disconnect terminate [CONFIRM]
CR.OT = 5
;Disconnect abort
CR.DA = 6
;Loopback normal
LB.N=O
LB.E=2
;Loopback echo mode
;Connect initiate
CT. IN = 0
;Connect confirm
CT.CN = 1
;Disconnect abort [partner terminated]
IA.ABO = -5

C-100

MACRO EXPANSIONS
IA.DIS
IA.NFW

= -7
177673

IA.ISM = 1
CN. IN
l
CN.OU = 2
CN.UT = 4
CN.NT
10
OB.TA = 0
OB.FS = 1
OB.SQ = 2
OB.BO = 3
OB.TC = 4
OB.RD = 5
OB.RA = 6
OB.ND
7
OB.DD = 10
OB.BM = 11
;12-17 RESERVED
OB.TH = 20
OB.TB = 21
OB.TI
22
OB.CR = 23
OB.LP
24
OB.PR
25
OB.PP
26
OB.PL = 27
OB.MT = 30
OB.OT = 31
OB.CS = 32
OB.CP = 33
OB.FH = 34
OB.MH = 35
OB.FL
36
.MACRO COMDF$ A
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDM
.END

C.7

C.7.1

;Disconnect requested [partner did
; disc QIO]
;Topology change -- partner no longer
; reachable
;Interrupt semaphore from partner
;If set: inhibit incoming connections
;If set: inhibit outgoing connections
;If set: user tap
;If set: NCL tap
;Task
;File system [dap]
;Sequential devices [OAP]
;Boot task
;Terminal control task
;Remote directives
;Resource allocater
;Network directory service
; DDCMP link
;Boot message link
;Terminal handler
;Terminal : block mode
;Terminal : interactive
;Card reader
;Line printer
;PAPER TAPE READER
;Paper tape punch
;Plotter
;Magnetic tape
;DECTAPE
;Cassette
;Card punch
;Fixed head disk
;Moving head disk
;Floppy disk

PROGRAM LOGIC.AL ADDRESS SPACE EXTENSION MACRO EXPANSIONS

ATRG$, ATRG$C, and ATRG$S Macros

These macros generate the code to attach a region .
. MACRO ATRG$ RDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 57., 2
.WORD RDB
.ENDC
.IF NDF A.TRBA
OFF$
OFF$ A.TRBA,2
.ENDC
,
.ENDM ATRG$

C-101

K~CRO

EXPANSIONS

.MACRO ~TRG$C RDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL ATRG$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=- •
• IFTF
ATRG$ RDB
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DI'R$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM ATRG$C
.MACRO ATRG$S RDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ RDB
MOV {PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 57., 2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ATRG$S

C.7.2

.BLK., .BLKB., and .BLKW. Macros

These macros define the blocl< offset symbol.
The
Address Space definition macros use these macros •

Program

• MACRO .BLKB. NUM,SYM,GBL
.IF NB <SYM>
.IF IDN <DEF$G>,<GBL>
SYM==$$$
.IFF
SYM=$$$
.ENDC
.ENDC
$$$=$$$+NUM
.ENDM .BLKB •
• MACRO .BLKW. NUM,SYM,GBL
.IF NB <SYM>
.IF IDN <DEF$G>,<GBL>
SYM==$$$
.IFF
SYM=$$$
.ENDC
.ENDC
$$$=$$$+<2*NUM>
• ENDM • BLKW •
. MACRO • BLK .
$$$=0
.ENDM .BLK.

C.7.3

CRAW$, CRAW$C, CRAW$S Macro

These macros generate the code to create an address window .
. MACRO CRAW$ WDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 11 7 . I 2

C-102

Logical

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.WORD WDB
.ENDC
• IF NDF C .RABA
OFF$
OFF$ C.RABA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM CRAW$
.MACRO CRAW$C WDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL CRAW$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$• .
• IFTF
CRAW$ WDB
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM CRAW$C
.MACRO CRAW$S WDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WDB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
• BYTE 11 7 .. , 2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM CRAW$5

C.7.4

CRRG$, CRRG$C, and CRRG$S Macros

These macros generate the code to create a region •
. MACRO CRRG$ ROB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 55.,2
.WORD ROB
.ENDC
.IF NDF C.RRBA
OFF$
OFF$ C.RRBA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM CRRG$
.MACRO CRRG$C RDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL CRRG$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$• .
• IFTF
CRRG$ RDB
• IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM CRRG$C
.MACRO CRRG$S RDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ ROB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)

c-103

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.BYTE 55.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM CRRG$S

C. 7. 5

DTRG$, DTRG$C, and D~rRG$5 Macros

These macros generate the code to detach a region •
• MACRO DTRG$ ROB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NOF $$$GLB
• BYTE 59., 2
.WORD ROB
.ENDC
.IF NDF D.TRBA
OFF$
OFF$ D.TRBA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM DTRG$
.MACRO DTRG$C RDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL DTRG$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
DTRG$ ROB
. !FT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM DTRG$C
.MACRO DTRG$S RDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ ROB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 59.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM DTRG$S

C.7.6

ELAW$, ELAW$C, and ELAW$~ Macros

These macros generate the code to eliminate an address window .
. MACRO ELAW$ WDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
. BYTE 119 • , 2
.WORD WDB
.ENDC
.IF NDF E.LABA
OFF$
OFF$ E.LABA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM ELAW$
.MACRO ELAW$C WDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL ELAW$,DIR$

C-104

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF NOF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
ELAW$ WDB
. IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
• ENDM .ELAW$C
.MACRO ELAW$S WDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WDB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
. BYTE 119 • , 2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM ELAW$S

C.7.7

GMCX$, GMCX$C, and GMCX$S Macros

The macros generate the code to get the mapping context •
. MACRO GMCX$ WVEC
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 113. ,2
.WORD WVEC
.ENDC
.IF NDF G.MCVA
OFF$
OFF$ G.MCVA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM GMCX$
.MACRO GMCX$C WVEC,CS,ERR
.MCALL GMCX$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= .
• IFTF
GMCX$ WVEC
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GMCX$C
.MACRO GMCX$S WVEC,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WVEC
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 113. ,2
DIR$ ,ERR
. ENDM GMCX$S

C.7.8

GREG$, GREG$C, and GREG$S Macros

These macros get region parameters.
get partition parameters macros.

They are a special

C-105

case

the

K~CRO

EXPANSIONS

.MACRO GREG$ RID,BUF
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 65.,4
.WORD 0 ,RID
.WORD BUF
.ENDC
• IF NDF G.RGID
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ ,2
OFF$ G.RGID,2
OFF$ G.RGBA,2
• IF NDF G.RGRB
$$$0ST•O
.IRP X,<<G.RGRB,2>,<G.RGRS,2>,<G.RGFW,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GREG$
.MACRO GREG$C RID,BUF,CS,ERR
.MCALL GREG$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •
• IFTF
GREG$ RID,BUF
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM GREG$C
.MACRO GREG$S RID,BUF,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$,OFF$
MOV$ BUF
MOV$ RID
CLR -(SP)
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 65.,4
DIR$ ,ERR
. IF NDF G.RGRB
.NLIST
$$$0ST=O
.IRP X,<<G.RGRB,2>,<G.RGRS,2>,<G.RGFW,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM GREG$S

C. 7. 9

MAP$, MAP$C, MAP$S Ma.eras

These macros generate the code to map an address window •
• MACRO MAP$ WDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 121. I 2
.WORD WDB
.ENDC

C-106

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF NDF M.APBA
OFF$
.
OFF$ M.APBA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM MAP$
.MACRO MAP$C WDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL. MAP$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$== •
• IFTF
MAP$ WDB
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM MAP$C
.MACRO MAP$S WDB,ERR
.MCALL .DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WDB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 121.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM MAP$S

C.7.10

RDBBK$ Macro

RDBBK$ generates a region definition block •
. MACRO RDBBK$ SIZ,NAM,PAR,STS,PRO
.MCALL RDBDF$,R50$
RDBDF$
;Define region definition block
; symbols
.WORD 0
;Region ID
;Size of region (32w blocks)
.WORD SIZ
R50$ NAM
;Name of region (RADSO)
R50$ PAR
;Region's main partition name (RAD50)
;Region status word
.WORD STS
• WORD PRO
;Region protection word
.ENDM RDBBK$

C.7.11

RREF$, RREF$C, and RREF$S Macros

These macros generate the code to receive by reference .
• MACRO RREF$ WDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 81.,2
.WORD WDB
.ENDC
.IF NDF R.REBA
OFF$
OFF$ R.REBA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM RREF$

C-107

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.MACRO RREF$C WDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL RREF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$= •

• IFTF
RREF$ WDB
. !FT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM RREF$C
.MACRO RREF$S WDB,ERR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WDB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 81. ,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM RREF$S

C.7.12

SREF$, SREF$C, and SREF$S Macros

These macros generate the code to send by reference •
. MACRO SREF$ TASK,WDB,EFN
.MCALL R50$,0FF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 69.,S
R50$ TASK
.WORD EFN
.WORD WDB
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.RETN
.!RP X,<,<S.RETN,4>,<S.REEF,2>,<S.REBA,2>>
OFF$ X
.ENDM
.ENDC
.ENDM SREF$
.MACRO SREF$C TASK,WDB,EFN,CS,ERR
.MCALL SREF$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
.IFTF
SREF$ TASK,WDB,EFN
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SREF$C
.MACRO SREF$S TSKADR,WDB,EFN,ERR
.MCALL DIR$ ,MOV$ ,RJPA$
MOV$ WDB
MOV$ EFN
RFA$ TSKADR
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 69.,5
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SREF$S

c-100

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.7.13

SRRA$, SRRA$C, and SRRA$S Macros

These macros generate the code for the SPECIFY
AST directive •

RECEIVE

• MACRO SRRA$ AST
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
• BYTE 21. I 2
.WORD AST
.ENDC
.IF NDF S.RRAE
.NLIST
OFF$
OFF$ S.RRAE,2
.LIST
.ENDC
.ENDM SRRA$
.MACRO SRRA$C AST,CS,ERR
.MCALL SRRA$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
• IFTF
SRRA$ AST
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM SRRA$C
.MACRO SRRA$S AST,ERR
.MCALL MOV$,DIR$
MOV$ AST
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 21.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM SRRA$S

C. 7 .14

UMAP$, UMAP,$C, and UMAP$S Macros

These macros generate the code to unmap an address window .
• MACRO UMAP$ WDB
.MCALL OFF$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.BYTE 123.,2
.WORD WDB
.ENDC
.IF NDF U.MABA
OFF$
OFF$ U.MABA,2
.ENDC
.ENDM UMAP$
.MACRO UMAP$C WDB,CS,ERR
.MCALL UMAP$,DIR$
.IF NDF $$$GLB
.PSECT $DPB$$
$$$=.
. IFTF
UMAP$ WDB

C-109

REFERENCE

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IFT
.PSECT CS
DIR$ #$$$,ERR
.ENDC
.ENDM UMAP$C
.MACRO UMAP$S WDB,:E:RR
.MCALL DIR$,MOV$
MOV$ WDB
MOV (PC)+,-(SP)
.BYTE 123.,2
DIR$ ,ERR
.ENDM UMAP$S

C.7.15

WDBBK$ Macro

WDBBK$ generates a window definition block •
• MACRO WDBBK$ APR,SIZ,RID,OFF,LEN,STS,SRB
.MCALL WDBDF$
WDBDF$
;Define window definition block
; symbols
.BYTE 0,APR
;Window ID / base APR.
.WORD 0
;Virtual base _address (bytes)
;Window size (32w blocks)
.WORD SIZ
.WORD RID
;Region ID
.WORD OFF
;Offset in partition (32w blocks)
;Length to map (32w blocks)
.WORD LEN
;Status word
.WORD STS
;Send/receive buffer virtual address
.WORD SRB
.ENDM WDBBK$

C.8

C.8.1

RELATIVE FILES MACROS - EXPANSIONS

RCLOS$ Macro

RCLOS$ closes a file •
. MACRO RCLOS$ FDB,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,ERR$
LDFDB$ FOB
JSR PC I . RCLOS
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM RCLOS$

C.8.2

RFDBT$ Macro

RFDBT$ defines the relative file descriptor bits •
. MACRO RFDBT$ GLOBL
.MCALL DEFIN$
..• GBL=O
.IIF IDN,<GLOBL>,<DEF$G>, ... GBL=l

C-110

MACRO EXPANSIONS

Relative File Flags Byte
DEF IN$ RF. WRT ,l
DEF IN$ RF.EXT,2
DEF IN$ RF.BEX,4

:Set if bit table record
: buffer dirty
;Set if extend is allowed
;Set if extend attempted when
restricted

Relative File Value Byte
DEF IN$ RB.NEW,l
DEFIN$ RB.NCH,2
DEF IN$ RB.VAL,4
.MACRO RFDBT$ ARG
.ENDM RFDBT$
.ENDM RFDBT$

C.8.3

;New bit value to set
;l if not changing value
;Bit value read

RFIND$ Macro

RFIND$ finds the next existing record .
. MACRO RFIND$ FDB,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL LDFDB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LDFDB$ FDB
CMOV$W LRCNM,R.RCNM+2
CMOV$W HRCNM,R.RCNM
JSR PC, . RF IND
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM RFIND$

C.8.4

RFOF$L Macro

RFOF$L locally defines relative file record offsets •
• MACRO RFOF$L
.MCALL RFOFF$
RFOFF$ DEF$L
.ENDM RFOF$L

C.8.5

RFOFF$ Macro

RFOFF$ defines the offsets for the relative file extension of the FDB •
. MACRO RFOFF$ OFFSET
.MCALL OFFSET,DEF$I,FDBSZ$
FDBSZ$
DEF$I S.FDB
Relative File Record Section
OFFSET R.RCNM,4
OFFSET R.CLSZ,4
OFFSET R.FLAG,l
OFFSET R.BTVL,l
OFFSET R.BTSZ,2
OFFSET R.BTBF,2
OFFSET R.BTN,2
OFFSET R.BTRC,2

;Relative record number
;Cluster size
;Flags byte
;Value byte
;Bit table record size
;Bit table record buffer
;Bit table number
;Bit table record number

C-111

MACRO EXPANSIONS
OFFSET S.RFO
;Size of RFOB
.IIF ION,<OEF$N>,<OFFSET>, .MEXIT
.MACRO RFOFF$ ARG
.ENOM RFOFF$
.ENOM RFOFF$

C.8.6

RGET$ Macro

RGET$ gets a relative file •
. MACRO RGET$ FOB, INAOR, MFl.XCNT, LRCNM, HRCNM, ERR
.MCALL LOFOB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LOFOB$ FOB
CMOV$W INAOR,F.URB0+2
CMOV$W MAXCNT,F.URBD
CMOV$W LRCNM,R.RCNM+2
CMOV$W HRCNM,R.RCNM
JSR PC,. RGET
ERR$ ERR
.ENOM RGET$

C.8.7

ROPN$ Macro

ROPN$ opens a file .
• MACRO ROPN$ FDB,FACC,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL FOOP$R,FORC$R,ERR$,CMOV$B
FDOP$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,DFNB,FACC
FORC$R ,RACC,URBA,URBS
.GLOBL .ROPEN
JSR PC,. ROPEN
ERR$ ERR
.ENOM ROPN$

C.8.8

ROPN$A Macro

ROPN$A opens a file for appending •
• MACRO ROPN$A FOB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FOB,#FO.APO,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM ROPN$A

C.8.9

ROPN$M Macro

ROPN$M opens a file for rnodif ication •
• MACRO ROPN$M FOB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FDB,#FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENOM ROPN$M

C-112

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.8.10

ROPN$R Macro

ROPN$R opens a file for reading .
• MACRO ROPN$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FDB,#FO.RD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM ROPN$R

C.8.11

ROPN$U Macro

ROPN$U opens a file for updating .
• MACRO ROPN$U FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FOB,# FO. UPD, .LUN, FNPT, , RACC, URBA, URBS, ERR
.ENDM ROPN$U

C.8.12

ROPN$W Macro

ROPN$W opens a file for writing .
• MACRO ROPN$W FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FDB,#FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM ROPN$W

C.8.13

ROPS$A Macro

ROPS$A opens a shared file for appending .
• MACRO ROPS$A FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
• MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.APD,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM ROPS$A

C.8.14

ROPS$M Macro

ROPS$M opens a shared file for modification .
• MACRO ROPS$M FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FDB,#FA.SHR!FO.MFY,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENDM ROPS$M

C.8.15

ROPS$R Macro

ROPS$R opens a shared file for reading .
. MACRO ROPS$R FDB,LUN,FNPT,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FOB,# FA. SHR ! FO. RD, LUN, FNPT,, RACC, URBA, U.RBS, ERR
.ENDM ROPS$R

C-113

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.8.16

ROPS$U Macro

ROPS$U opens a shared file for updating •
• MACRO ROPS$U FOB,LUN,FNP·r,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FOB I # FA. SHR ! FO. UPO I :LUN I FNP'l. I I RACC I URBA I URBS I ERR
.ENDM ROPS$U
1

C.8.17

ROPS$W Macro

ROPS$W opens a shared file for writing •
• MACRO ROPS$W FOB, LUN, FNP'r, RACC, URBA, URBS, ERR
.MCALL ROPN$
ROPN$ FOB,#FA.SHR!FO.WRT,LUN,FNPT,,RACC,URBA,URBS,ERR
.ENOM ROPS$W

C .·8 .18

RPORT$ Macro

RPORT$ reports the existence of a record for a relative file •
• MACRO RPORT$ FOB,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL RPRTC$
RPRTC$ <FOB> I #-l, <LRCNM> I <HRCNM> I <ERR>
.ENOM RPORT$

C.8.19

RPRTC$ Macro

RPRTC$ reports on and optionally changes the existence of a record •
• MACRO RPRTC$ FOB,CHGVAL,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL LOFOB$,CMOV$W,CMOV$B,ERR$
LOFOB$ FOB
CMOV$B CHGVAL,R.BTVL
CMOV$W LRCNM,R.RCNM+2
CMOV$W HRCNM,R.RCNM
JSR PC,. RPRTC
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM RPRTC$

C.8.20

RPUT$ Macro

RPUT$ puts a relative file .
. MACRO RPUT$ FDB,OUTADR,OUTCNT,LRCNM,HRCNM,ERR
.MCALL LOFOB$,CMOV$W,ERR$
LOFDB$ FOB
CMOV$W OUTADR,F.NRBD+2
CMOV$W OUTCNT,F.NRBD
CMOV$W LRCNM,R.RCNM+2
CMOV$W HRCNM,R.RCNM
JSR PC I . RPUT
ERR$ ERR
.ENDM RPUT$

C-114

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C. 9

C.9.1

QIOMAC - QIOSYM MACRO DEFINITIONS

DRERR$ Macro

Defines the directive error codes returned in the directive status
word.
File control services (FCS) returns these codes in the F.ERR
byte of the File Descriptor Block (FOB). To qistinguish them from the
overlapping codes from handler and file primitives, the F.ERR+l byte
in the FOB is negative for a directive error code .
• MACRO DRERR$ $$$GBL
.MCALL .QIOE.,DEFIN$
.IF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
••• GBL=l
.IFF
••• GBL=O
.ENDC
.IIF NDF,$$MSG,$$MSG=O
Standard Error Codes Returned by Directives in the Directive Status
word
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.
.QIOE.

IE.UPN,-01.,<INSUFFICIENT DYNAMIC STORAGE>
IE.INS,-02.,<SPECIFIED TASK NOT INSTALLED>
IE.PTS,-03.,<PARTITION TOO SMALL FOR TASK>
IE.UNS,-04.,<INSUFFICIENT DYNAMIC STORAGE FOR SEND>
IE.ULN,-05.,<UN-ASSIGNED LUN>
IE.HWR,-06.,<DEVICE HANDLER NOT RESIDENT>
IE.ACT,-07.,<TASK NOT ACTIVE>
IE.ITS,-08.,<DIRECTIVE INCONSISTENT WITH TASK STATE>
IE.FIX,-09.,<TASK ALREADY FIXED/UNFIXED>
IE.CKP,-10.,<ISSUING TASK NOT CHECKPOINTABLE>
IE.TCH,-11.,<TASK IS CHECKPOINTABLE>
IE.RBS,-15.,<RECEIVE BUFFER IS TOO SMALL>
IE.PRI,-16.,<PRIVILEGE VIOLATION>
IE.RSU,-17.,<RESOURCE IN USE>
IE.NSW,-18.,<NO SWAP SPACE AVAILABLE>
IE.ILV,-19.,<ILLEGAL VECTOR SPECIFIED>
IE.AST,-80.,<DIRECTIVE ISSUED/NOT ISSUED FROM AST>
IE.MAP,-81.,<ILLEGAL MAPPING SPECIFIED>
IE.IOP,-83.,<WINDOW HAS I/O IN PROGRESS>
IE.ALG,-84.,<ALIGNMENT ERROR>
IE.WOV,-85.,<ADDRESS WINDOW ALLOCATION OVERFLOW>
IE.NVR,-86.,<INVALID REGION ID>
IE.NVW,-87.,<INVALID ADDRESS WINDOW ID>
IE.ITP,-88.,<INVALID TI PARAMETER>
IE.IBS,-89.,<INVALID SEND BUFFER SIZE
.GT. 255.)>
IE.LNL,-90.,<LUN LOCKED IN USE>
IE.IUI,-91.,<INVALID UIC>
IE.IDU,-92.,<INVALID DEVICE OR UNIT>
IE.ITI,-93.,<INVALID TIME PARAMETERS>
IE.PNS,-94.,<PARTITION/REGION NOT IN SYSTEM>
IE.IPR,-95.,<INVALID PRIORITY ( .GT. 250.)>
IE.ILU,-96.,<INVALID LUN>
IE.IEF,-97.,<INVALID EVENT FLAG ( .GT. 64.)>
IE.ADP,-98.,<PART OF DPB OUT OF USER'S SPACE>
IE.SDP,-99.,<DIC OR DPB SIZE INVALID>

c-115

MACRO EXPANSIONS
Success Codes from Directives - Placed in the Directive Status word
DEFIN$ IS.CLR,0

;Event flag was clear
; from CLEAR EVENT FLAG. directive
;Event flag was set
; from SET EVENT FLAG directive
;Task was suspended

DEFIN$ IS.SET,2
DEFIN$ IS.SPD,2
. IF EQ ,$$MSG
.MACRO DRERR$ A
.ENDM DRERR$
.ENDC
• ENDM DRE RR$

C.9.2

FILIO$ Macro

FILIO$ defines
independent .

the

general

QIO

function

codes

that

are

• MACRO FILIO$ $$$GBL
.MCALL .WORO.,DEFIN$
.IF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
.•. GBL=l
.IFF
.•. GBL=O
General QIO Qualifier Byte Definitions
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IQ.X,001,000
IQ.Q,002,000
IQ.S,004,000
IQ.UMD,004,000

;No error recovery
;Queue request in express queue
;Synonym for IQ.OMO
;User mode diagnostic status required

Express Queue Commands
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.KIL,012,000
IO.RDN,022,000
IO.UNL,042,000
IO.LTK,050,000
IO.RTK,060,000
IO.SET,030,000

;Kill current request
;I/O rundown
;Unload I/O handler task
;Load a task image file
;Record a task image file
;Set characteristics function

General Device Handler Codes
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.WLB,000,001
IO.RLB,000,002
IO.LOV,010,002
IO.ATT,000,003
IO.DET,000,004

;Write logical block
;Read logical block
;Load overlay (disk driver)
;Attach a device to a task
;Detach a device from a task

Directory Primitive Codes
.WORD. IO.FNA,000,011
.WORD. IO.RNA,000,013
.WORD. IO.ENA,000,014

;Find file name in directory
;Remove file name from directory
;Enter file name in directory

File Primitive Codes
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.CLN,000,007
IO.ULK,000,012
IO.ACR,000,015
IO.ACW,000,016
IO.ACE,000,017

;Close out LUN
;Unlock block
;Access for read
;Access for write
;Access for extend

C-116

device

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.WORD. IO.DAC,000,020
.WORD. IO.RVB,000,021
.WORD. IO.WVB,000,022
.WORD. IO.EXT,000,023
.WORD. IO.CRE,000,024
.WORD. IO.DEL,000,025
.WORD. IO.RAT,000,026
.WORD. IO.WAT,000,027
.WORD. IO.APV,010,030
.WORD. IO.APC,000,030
.MACRO FILI0$ A
.ENDM FILI0$
.ENDM FILI0$

C.9.3

;De-access file
;Read viritual block
;Write virtual block
;Extend file
;Create file
;Delete file
;Read file attributes
;Write file attributes
;Privileged ACP control
;ACP control

.IOER. Macro

This macro defines handler error codes that are returned in the I/O
status block are defined through this macro.
This macro then
conditionally invokes the message generating macro for the QIOSYM.MSG
file •
. MACRO .IOER. SYM,LO,MSG
DEFIN$ SYM,LO
.IF GT,$$MSG
.MCALL .IOMG •
• IOMG. SYM,LO,<MSG>
.ENDC
.ENDM .IOER.

C.9.4

IOERR$ Macro

This macro defines the error codes returned by device handlers and
file primitives in the first word of the I/O status block.
The File
Control Services also return these codes in the F.ERR byte in the File
Descriptor Block
(FDB).
The F.ERR+l byte is 0 if F.ERR contains a
handler or FCP error code .
. MACRO IOERR$ $$$GBL
.MCALL .IOER.,DEFIN$
.IF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
•.• GBL=l
.IFF
~ .• GBL=O
.ENDC
.IIF NDF,$$MSG,$$MSG=O
System standard codes, used by executive and drivers:
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.

IE.BAD,-01.,<BAD PARAMETERS>
IE.IFC,-02.,<INVALID FUNCTION CODE>
IE.DNR,-03.,<DEVICE NOT READY>
IE.VER,-04.,<PARITY ERROR ON DEVICE>
IE.ONP,-05.,<HARDWARE OPTION NOT PRESENT>
IE.SPC,-06.,<ILLEGAL USER BUFFER>
IE.DNA,-07.,<DEVICE NOT ATTACHED>
IE.DAA,-08.,<DEVICE ALREADY ATTACHED>
IE.DUN,-09.,<DEVICE NOT ATTACHABLE>
IE.EOF,-10.,<END OF FILE DETECTED>
IE.EOV,-11.,<END OF VOLUME DETECTED>
IE.WLK,-12.,<WRITE ATTEMPTED TO LOCKED UNIT>

c-117

MACRO EX.PANSIONS

.IOER. IE.DA0,-13.,<DATA OVERRUN>
.IOER. IE.SRE,-14.,<SEND/RECEIVE FAILURE>
.IOER. IE.AB0,-15.,<REQUEST TERMINATED>
.IOER. IE.PRI,-16.,<PRIVILEGE VIOLATION>
.IOER. IE.RSU,-17.,<SHARABLE RESOURCE IN USE>
.IOER. IE.OVR,-18.,<ILLEGAL OVERLAY REQUEST>
.IOER. IE.BYT,-19.,<0DD BYTE COUNT (OR VIRTUAL ADDRESS}>
.IOER. IE.BLK,-20.,<LOGICAL BLOCK NUMBER TOO LARGE>
.IOER. IE.MOD,-21.,<INVALID UDC MODULE#>
.IOER. IE.CON,-22.,<UDC CONNECT ERROR>
.IOER. IE.BBE,-56.,<BAD BLOCK ON DEVICE>
.IOER. IE.STK,-58.,<NOT ENOUGH STACK SPACE (FCS OR FCP)>
.IOER. IE.FHE,-59.,<FATAL HARDWARE ERROR ON DEVICE>
.IOER. IE.EOT,-62.,<END OF TAPE DETECTED>
.IOER. IE.OFL,-65.,<DEVICE OFF LINE>
.IOER. IE.BCC,-66.,<BLOCK CHECK, CRC, OR FRAMING ERROR>
File Primitive Codes
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.

IE.NOD,-23.,<CALLER'S NODES EXHAUSTED>
IE.DFU,-24.,<DEVICE FULL>
IE.IFU,-25.,<INDEX FILE FULL>
IE.NSF,-26.,<NO SUCH FILE>
IE.LCK,-27.,<LOCKED FROM READ/WRITE ACCESS>
IE.HFU,-28.,<FILE HEADER FULL>
IE.WAC,-29.,<ACCESSED FOR WRITE>
IE.CKS,-30.,<FILE HEADER CHECKSUM FAILURE>
IE.WAT,-31.,<ATTRIBUTE CONTROL LIST FORMAT ERROR>
IE.RER,-32.,<J?ILE PROCESSOR DEVICE READ ERROR>
IE.WER,-33.,<lrILE PROCESSOR DEVICE WRITE ERROR>
TE.ALN,-34.,<FILE ALREADY ACCESSED ON LON>
IE.SNC,-35.,<FILE ID, FILE NOMBER CHECK>
IE.SQC,-36.,<FILE ID, SEQUENCE NUMBER CHECK>
IE.NLN,-37.,<NO FILE ACCESSED ON LON>
IE.CL0,-38.,<Ji'ILE WAS NOT PROPERLY CLOSED>
IE.DUP,-57.,<ENTER - DUPLICATE ENTRY IN DIRECTORY>
IE.BVR,-63.,<BAD VERSION NUMBER>
IE.BHD,-64.,<BAD FILE HEADER>
IE.EXP,-75.,<E'ILE EXPIRATION DATE NOT REACHED>
IE.BTF,-76.,<BAD TAPE FORMAT>
IE.ALC,-84.,<ALLOCATION FAILURE>
IE.ULK,-85.,<UNLOCK ERROR>
IE.WCK,-86.,<WRITE CHECK FAILURE>

File Control Services Codes
.IOER.
. IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
. IOER.
. IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
. IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.
.IOER.

IE.NBF,-39.,<0PEN - NO BUFFER SPACE AVAILABLE FOR FILE>
IE .RBG ,-40., <ILLEGAL RECORD SIZE>
IE.NBK,-41.,<FILE EXCEEDS SPACE ALLOCATED, NO BLOCKS>
IE.ILL,-42.,<ILLEGAL OPERATION ON FILE DESCRIPTOR
BLOCK>
IE.BTP,-43.,<BAD RECORD TYPE>
IE .RAC ,-44., <ILLEGAL RECORD ACCESS BITS SET>
IE .RAT ,-45., <I:GLEGAL RECORD ATTRIBUTES BITS SET>
IE.RCN,-46.,<ILLEGAL RECORD NUMBER - TOO LARGE>
IE.2DV,-48.,<RENAME - 2 DIFFERENT DEVICES>
IE.FEX,-49.,<RJrnAME - NEW FILE NAME ALREADY IN USE>
IE.BDR,-50.,<BAD DIRECTORY FILE>
IE.RNM,-51.,<Cl\NNOT RENAME OLD FILE SYSTEM>
IE .BDI ,-52., <Bl~D DIRECTORY SYNTAX>
IE.FOP,-53.,<FILE ALREADY OPEN>
IE.BNM,-54.,<BAD FILE NAME>
IE.BDV,-55.,<BJrn DEVICE NAME>
IE.NFI,-60.,<FILE ID WAS NOT SPECIFIED>

C-118

MACRO EXPANSION.S
.IOER. IE.ISQ,-61.,<ILLEGAL SEQUENTIAL OPERATION>
.IOER. IE.NNC,-77.,<NOT ANSI 'D' FORMAT BYTE COUNT>
Network ACP Codes
.IOER. IE.AST,-80.,<NO AST SPECIFIED IN CONNECT>
.IOER. IE.NNN,-68.,<NO SUCH NODE>
.IOER. IE.NFW,-69.,<PATH LOST TO PARTNER> ;This code must be
; odd
.IOER. IE.BLB,-70.,<BAD LOGICAL BUFFER>
.IOER. IE.TMM,-71.,<TOO MANY OUTSTANDING MESSAGES>
.IOER. IE.NDR,-72.,<NO DYNAMIC SPACE AVAILABLE>
.IOER. IE.CNR,-73.,<CONNECTION REJECTED>
.IOER. IE.TM0,-74.,<TIMEOUT ON REQUEST>
.IOER. IE.NN~,-78.,<NOT A NETWORK LON>
ICS/ICR Error Codes
.IOER. IE.NLK,-79.,<TASK NOT LINKED TO SPECIFIED ICS/ICR
INTERRUPTS>
.IOER. IE.NST,-80.,<SPECIFIED TASK NOT INSTALLED>
.IOER. IE.FLN,-81.,<DEVICE OFFLINE WHEN OFFLINE REQUEST WAS
ISSUED>
TTY Error Codes
.IOER. IE.IES,-82.,<INVALID ESCAPE SEQUENCE>
.IOER. IE.PES,-83.,<PARTIAL ESCAPE SEQUENCE>
Successful Return Codes:
DEFIN$ IS.PND,+00.
DEFIN$ IS.SUC,+01.
DEFIN$ IS.RDD,+02.

DEFIN$ IS.BV,+05.

;Operation pending
;Operation complete, success
; (RXll) Floppy disk successful
; completion of a read physical
; and a deleted data mark was
; seen in the sector header of
; the last sector.
; (A/D READ) At least one bad value
was read (remainder may be good);
; bad channel is indicated by a
; negative value in the buffer.

TTY Success Codes
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

IS.CR,<15*400+1>
IS.ESC,<33*400+1>
IS.CC,<3*400+1>
IS.ESQ,<233*400+1>
IS.PES,<200*400+1>
IS.EOT,<4*400+1>

DEFIN$ IS.TAB,<11*400+1>
DEFIN$ IS.TM0,+2 •
• IF EQ,$$MSG
.MACRO IOERR$ A
.ENDM IOERR$
.ENDC
.ENDM IOERR$

;Carriage return was terminator
;Escape (ALTMODE) was terminator
;CONTROL-C was terminator
;Escape sequence was terminator
;Partial escape sequence terminator
;EOT was terminator (block mode
; input)
;TAB was terminator (forms mode
; input)
;Request timed out

C-119

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.9.5

.QIOE. Macro

This macro defines the QIO c~rror codes. This macro then invokes the
error message generating macro, ".IOMG.". The QIOSYM.MSG file uses
error codes -129 through -256 •
. MACRO .QIOE. SYM,LO,MSG
DEFIN$ SYM,LO
.IF GT,$$MSG
• MCALL • IOMG .
• IOMG. SYM,<L0-128.>,<MSG>
.ENDC
.ENDM .QIOE.
Conditional Data for Writing a Message File
.MACRO .IOMG. SYM,LO,MSG
.WORD -"'O<LO>
.ASCIZ "'MSG"'
.EVEN
.IIF LT, "'O<$$$MAX+<LO» ,$~i$MAX=-"O<LO>
• ENDM • IOMG.

C.9.6

QIOSY$ Macro

This macro defines standard QUEUE I/O directive function values and
IOSB
return
values.
To invoke at assembly time
(with local
definition) use:
QIOSY$

;Define symbols

To obtain global definition of these symbols use:
QIOSY$ DEF$G

;Symbols defined globally

This macro can be called once only.
null •

It then

redefines

itself

• MACRO QIOSY$ $$$GBL,$$$MBG
.IIF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>, .GLOBL QI.VER
.IF IDN,<$$$MSG>,<DEF$S>
$$$MAX=O
$$MSG=l
.IFF
$$MSG=O
.ENDC
.MCALL IOERR$
IOERR$ $$$GBL
;I/O error codes from handlers, FCP,
; FCS
.MCALL DRERR$
DRERR$ $$$GBL
;Directive status word error codes
.IF DIF,<$$$MSG>,<DEF$S>
• MCALL FIL IO$
FILIO$ $$$GBL
;Define general QIO function codes
.MCALL SPCI0$
SPCI0$ $$$GBL
;Device dependent I/O function codes
.MACRO QIOSY$ ARG,ARG1,ARG2
;Reclaim macro storage
. ENDM QIOSY$
.ENDC
.ENDM QIOSY$

C-120

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.9.7

SPCIO$ Macro

Defines the
devices .

QIO

function

codes

that

are

specific

individual

. MACRO SPCIO$ $$$GBL
.MCALL .WORD.,DEFIN$
.IF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
... GBL=l
.IFF
.•. GBL=O
.ENDC
QIO Function Codes for Specific Device Dependent Functions
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.WLV,100,001
IO.WLS,010,001
IO.WNS,020,001
IO.WAL,010,001
IO.WMS,020,001
IO.CC0,040,001
IO.WBT,100,001
IO.WLT,010,001
IO.WLC,020,001
IO.WPB,040,001
IO.WDD,044,001

.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.RLV,100,002
IO.RST,001,002
IO.RAL,010,002
IO.RNE,020,002
IO.RNC,040,002
IO.RTM,200,002
IO.RDB,200,002
IO.RHD,010,002
IO.RNS,020,002
IO.CRC,040,002
IO.RPB,040,002
IO.ATA,010,003
IO.GTS,000,005

.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.RlC,000,005
IO.INL,000,005
IO.TRM,010,005
IO.RWD,000,005
IO.SPB,020,005
IO.SPF,040,005
IO.STC,100,005
IO.SEC,120,005
IO.RWU,140,005
IO.SM0,160,005
IO.HNG,000,006
IO.RBC,000,006

.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.MOD,000,006
IO.HDX,010,006
IO.FDX,020,006
IO.SYN,040,006
IO.EOF,000,006
IO.RTC,000,007
IO.SA0,000,010
IO.SS0,000,011
IO.RPR,000,011
IO.MS0,000,012

; (DECTAPE) Write logical reverse
; (COMM.) Write preceded by sync train
; (COMM.) Write, no sync train
; (TTY} Write passing all characters
; (TTY) Write suppressible message
; (TTY) Write with cancel CONTROL-o
; (TTY) Write with breakthrough
; (DISK) Write last track on RK06
; (DISK} Write logical with write check
; (RXll DISK} Write physical block
; (RXll DISK) Write physical with
; deleted data
; (MAGTAPE,DECTAPE) Read reverse
; (TTY) Read with special terminator
; (TTY} Read passing all characters
; (TTY) Read without echo
; (TTY) Read - no lower case convert
; (TTY) Read with time out
i (CARD READER) Read binary mode
; (COMM.) Read, strip sync
; (COMM.) Read, do not strip sync
; (COMM.) Read, do not clear CRC
; (RXll DISK) Read physical block
; (TTY) Attach with ASTs
; (TTY) Get terminal support
; characteristics
; (AFC,ADOl,UDC) Read single channel
; (COMM.) Initialization function
; (COMM.) Termination function
; (MAGTAPE,DECTAPE) Rewind
; (MAGTAPE) Space "N" blocks
; (MAGTAPE) Space "N" EOF marks
; (MAGTAPE) Set characteristic
; (MAGTAPE) Sense characteristic
; (MAGTAPE,DECTAPE) Rewind and unload
; (MAGTAPE) Mount & set characteristics
; (TTY) Hangup dial-up line
;Read multichannels (buffer
; defines channels)
; (COMM.) Setmode function family
; (COMM.) Set unit half duplex
; (COMM.) Set unit full duplex
; (COMM.) Specify sync character
; (MAGTAPE) Write EOF
;Read channel - time based
; (UDC) Single channel analog output
; (UDC) Single shot, single point
; (TTY) Read with prompt
; (UDC) Single shot, multi-point

C-121

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
• WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
• WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.SL0,000,013
IO . MLO , 0 0 0 , 014
IO.LED,000,024
IO.SD0,000,025
IO.SDI,000,026
IO.SCS,000,026
IO.REL,000,027
IO.MCS,000,027
IO.ADS,000,030
IO.CCI,000,030
IO.MDI,000,031
IO.DCI,000,031
IO. XMT, 0 0 0 , 0 31

• WORD. IO.XNA,010 ,031
.WORD. IO.HIS,000,032
. WORD. IO.RCI,000,032
.WORD. IO • RCV 0 0 0 ' 0 32
I

.WORD. IO.MD0,000,033
.WORD. IO.CTI,000,033
.WORD. IO.CON,000,033
.WORD.
• WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
. WORD.
. WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.CPR,010,033
IO.CAS,020,033
IO.CRJ,040,033
IO.CB0,110 ,033
IO.CTR,210,033
IO.GNI,010,035
IO.GLI,020,035
IO.GLC,030,035

• WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
. WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
. WORD.
• WORD.
• WORD.
• WORD.
. WORD.
• WORD.

IO.GRI,040,035
IO.GRC,050,035
IO.GRN,060,035
10.CSM,070,035
IO.CIN,100,035
IO.SPW,110,035
IO.CPW,120,035
IO.NLB,130,035
IO.DLB,140,035
IO.STD,000,033
IO.DTI,000,034
IO.DIS,000,034

.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
• WORD.

IO.MDA,000,034
IO.RTI,000,035
IO.CTL,000,035
IO.STP,000,035

.WORD. IO.CNT,000,036
.WORD. IO.ITI,000,036

; (UDC} Latching, single point
; (UDC} Latching, multi-point
; (LPSll} Write LED display lights
; (LPSll) Write digital output register
; (LPSll) Read digital input register
; (UDC} Contact sense, single point
; (LPSll} Write relay
; (UDC) Contact sense, multi-point
; (LPSll) Synchronous A/D sampling
; (UDC} Contact int - connect
; (LPSll) Synchronous digital input
; {UDC} Contact int - disconnect
; (COMM.) Transmit specified block
; with ACK
; (COMM.) Transmit without ACK
; (LPSll) Synchronous histogram
; sampling
; (UDC} Contact int - read
; (COMM.) Receive data in buffer
; specified
; (LPSll} Synchronous digital output
; (UDC) Timer - connect
; (COMM.) Connect function
; (VTll) - Connect task to display
; processor
; (COMM.} Connect no timeouts
; (COMM.) Connect with AST
; (COMM.) Connect.reject
; (COMM.) Boot connect
; (COMM.) Transparent connect
; (COMM.) Get node information
; (COMM.) Get link information
; (COMM.) Get link information ; clear counters
; (COMM.) Get remote node information
; (COMM.) Get remote node error counts
; (COMM.) Get remote node name
; (COMM.) Change solo mode
; (COMM.) Change connection inhibit
; (COMM.) Specify network password
; {COMM.) Check network password .
; (COMM.) NSP loopback
; (COMM.) DDCMP loopback
; (LPAll} Start data transfer
; (UDC} Timer - disconnect
; (COMM.} Disconnect function
; (VTll) - Disconnect task from
; display processor
; (LPSll) Synchronous D/A output
; (UDC) Timer - read
; (COMM.} Network control function
; {LPSll) Stop in progress function
r (VTll} - Stop display processor
: (VTll) - Continue display processor
; (UDC} Timer - initialize

ICS/ICR QIO Functions
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.CTY,000,007
IO.DTY,000,015
IO.LDI,000,016
IO.UDI,010,023
IO.LTI,000,017

rConnect to terminal interrupts
rDisconnect from terminal interrupts
rLink to digital interrupts
rUnlink from digital interrupts
pLink to counter module interrupts

c-122

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.WORD. IO.UTI,020,023

;Unlink from counter module
; interrupts
;Link to remote terminal interrupts
;Unlink from remote terminal
; interrupts
;Link to error interrupts
;Unlink from error interrupts
;Unlink from all interrupts
;Unit online
;Unit offline
;Read activating data

.WORD. IO.LTY,000,020
.WORD. IO.UTY,030,023
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.LKE,000,024
IO.UER,040,023
IO.NLK,000,023
IO.ONL,000,037
IO.FLN,000,025
IO.RAD,000,021

IPll I/O Functions
.WORD. IO.MA0,010,007
.WORD. IO.LEI,010,017
.WORD. IO.RDD,010,020
.WORD. IO.RMT,020,020
.WORD. IO.LSI,000,022
.WORD. IO.UEI,050,023
.WORD. IO.USI,060,023
.WORD. IO.CSI,000,026
.WORD. IO.DSI,000,027
.MACRO SPCIO$ A
.ENDM SPCIO$
. ENDM SPCIO$

C.9.8

;Multiple analog outputs
;Link event' flags to interrupt
;Read digital data
;Read mapping table
;Link to OSI interrupts
;Unlink event flags
;Unlink from OSI interrupts
;Connect to OSI interrupts
;Disconnect from OSI interrupts

UMDIO$ Macro

Defines the I/O codes for
user-mode diagnositcs.
All diagnostic
functions are implemented as a subfunction of I/O code 10 (octal) .
• MACRO UMDI0$ $$$GBL
.MCALL .WORD.,DEFIN$
.IF IDN <$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
•.• GBL=l
.IFF
••• GBL=O
.ENDC
General User-mode Qualifier Bit
.WORD. IQ.UMD,004,000

;User mode diagnostic request

User-mode Diagnostic Functions.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.
.WORD.

IO.HMS,000,010
IO.BLS,010,010
IO.OFF,020,010
IO.RDH,030,010
IO.WDH,040,010
IO.WCK,050,010
IO.RNF,060,010
IO.RNR,070,010
IO.LPC,100,010

.WORD. IO.ERS,110,010

; (DISK) Home seek or recalibrate
; (DISK) Block seek
; (DISK) Offset position
; (DISK) Read disk header
; (DISK) Write disk header
; (DISK) Writecheck (non-transfer)
; (DECTAPE) Read block number forward
; (DECTAPE) Read block number reverse
; (MAGTAPE) Read longitudinal parity
; character
; (MAGTAPE) Erase tape

Macro Redefinition to Null
.MACRO UMDIO$ A
.ENDM
.ENDM UMDI0$
C-123

MACRO EXPANSIONS
C.9.9

.WORD. Macro

This macro defines the symbol SYM where LO is the low order
HI is the high byte .

byte

and

. MACRO .WORD. SYM,LO,HI
DEFIN$ SYM,<.O<HI*400+LO>>
• ENDM • WORD • ,

C.10

SNAP CONTROL BLOCK AllD SNAPSHOT DUMP MACROS

The following macros are the macros for the
aid.

C.10.1

snapshot

dump

debugging

SNAP$ Macro

SNAP$ requests a snpashot dump .
. MACRO SNAP$ CTL,EFN ,ID ,Ll ,Hl ,L2 ,H2 ,L3 ,H3 ,L4 ,H4 I ?L-BLI, ?L-BL2
.MCALL SNPDF$ ,WTSE$S ,SDNr$S ,RQST$S ,CLEF$5
SNPDF$
.IIF NB <CTL>, MOV CTL, •. SPBK+SB.CTL
.!IF NB <EFN>, MOV EFN, .. SPBK+SR.EFN
.!IF NB <ID>, MOV ID, •• SPBK+SB.ID
..• SNP = SB.LMl
.IRP X,<Ll,Hl,L2,H2,L3,H3,L4,H4>
.IF NB <X>
MOV X, .• SPBK+ •.. SNP
.ENDC
••. SNP = •.. SNP+2
.ENDM
CLEF$S •. SPBK+SB.EFN
;Clear event flag
BCS LBL2
SDAT$S # •• SPBK+SB.PMD,# .• SPBK
;Send snap information
BCS LBL2
RQST$S # •• SPBK+SB.PMD
;Request task "PMD ••• "
BCC LBLl
CMP #IE.ACT,@#$DSW
;O.K. if task already
;active
BEQ LBLl
SEC
BR LBL2

LBLl:

WTSE$S .. SPBK+SB.EFN

;Wait for snapshot to
;finish

LBL2:
.ENDM SNAP$

C.10.2

SNPBK$ Macro

SNPBK$ generates a snap control block •
. MACRO SNPBK$ DEV,UNIT,C rL,EFN,ID,Ll,Hl,L2,H2,L3,H3,L4,H4
1

SNPBK$ never generates more than one block •
• IF OF •. SPBK
.IIF NE <•• SPBK-.>, .MEXIT
.ENDC

C:-124

MACRO EXPANSIONS

.MCALL SNPDF$
SNPDF$
The following code builds the control block .
.. SPBK::.WORD CTL
;Control word
.ASCII /DEV/
;Send out device name
.IF NE .-< •. SPBK+SB.DEV+2>
.ERROR
;Invalid device name "DEV"
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.BYTE UNIT,0
;Device unit number & unused
.WORD EFN
;Event flag number
.WORD ID
;Snapshot identification word
.WORD Ll,Hl
;Dump address limits
.WORD L2,H2
.WORD L3,H3
.WORD L4,H4
;Snapshot task name
. RAD50 /PMD .•. I
.ENDM SNPBK$

C.10.3

SNPDF$ Macro

SNPDF$ generates snap offset and bit definitions .
. MACRO SNPDF$ GBL
.IF IDN <GBL>,<DEF$G>
.GLOBL SB.CTL,SB.DEV,SB.UNT,SB.EFN,SB.ID,SB.LMl,SB.PMD
.GLOBL SC.HDR,SC.LUN,SC.OVL,SC.STK,SC.WRD,SC.BYT
.ENDC

C.11

STATE AND KEYWORD TABLE GENERATION MACROS

These macros initialize table generation - they are called once at the
start of each finite state machine description. The user must supply
labels for the state and keyword tables.

C.11.1

!STAT$ Macro

.MACRO ISTAT$ STTBL,KEYTBL
.MCALL MTRAN$
. IF DF $RONLY
.PSECT $STATE,D,RO
.IFF
.PSECT $STATE,D
.ENDC
STTBL::
. IF DF $RONLY
.PSECT $KTAB,D,RO
.IFF
.PSECT $KTAB,D
.ENDC
KEYTBL::
. IF DF $RONLY
.PSECT $KSTR,D,RO

C-125

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IFF
.PSECT $KSTR,D
.ENDC
$$$KEY = -1
$$$FLG = -1
$EXIT = 0
$LAMDA = 300
$NUMBR = 302
$STRNG = 304
$BLANK = 306
$SUBXP = 310
$EOS
= 312
$DNUMB = 314
$RAD50 = 316
$ANY
= 320
$ALPHA = 322
$DIGIT • 324
.PSECT
.ENDM !STAT$

C.11.2

MTRAN$ Macro

MTRAN$ sends out the last transition entry •
• MACRO MTRAN$
.PSECT $STATE
.IF EQ $$$FLG+l
$$$FLG = 0
.MEXIT
.ENDC
$$$TYP
.BYTE $$$FLG
.IF NE $$$FLG&l
$$$EXT
.ENDC
.IF NE $$$FLG&2
$$$ACT
.ENDC
.IF NE $$$FLG&l0
$$$BIT
.ENDC
.IF NE $$$FLG&4
.WORD $$$STA
.IFF
.IF EQ $$$FLG&200
.ERROR "BAD DEFAULT TRANSITION"
.ENDC
.ENDC
$$$FLG = 0
.ENDM MTRAN$
.LIST

C.11.3

STATE$ Macro

STATE$ declares a state .
• MACRO STATE$ LABEL
.PSECT $STATE
$$$FLG = $$$FLG1200
MT RAN$

C-126

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.IF NB LABEL
LABEL: • ENDC
$$$FLG = -1
.PSECT
.ENDM STATE$

C.11.4

TRAN$ Macro

TRAN$ specifies a state transition •
. MACRO TRAN$ TYPE,LABEL,ACTION,MASK,ADDR
.PSECT $STATE
MTRAN$
• IF NB ACTION
$$$FLG = $$$FLG!2
.MACRO $$$ACT
• WORD ACT ION
.ENDM $$$ACT
.ENDC
• IF NB MASK
$$$FLG = $$$FLG!30
• IF B ADDR
.ERROR "MASK ADDRESS NOT PRESENT"
.ENDC
.MACRO $$$BIT
.WORD MASK,ADDR
.ENDM $$$BIT
.ENDC
.IF NB LABEL
$$$FLG = $$$FLG!4
$$$STA = LABEL
.ENDC
• IRPC x I <TYPE>
.IF ION <X>,<">
.PSECT $KSTR
$$$TMP = .
. ASCII TYPE<377 >
.PSECT $KTAB
.WORD $$$TMP
.MACRO $$$TYP
.BYTE $$$KEY!200
.ENDM $$$TYP
$$$KEY = $$$KEY+l
.IF GT $$$KEY-63 •
. ERROR "TOO MANY KEYWORDS"
.ENDC
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.IF ION <X>,<!>
$$$FLG = $$$FLG!l
.MACRO $$$EXT
.WORD O'TYPE
.ENDM $$$EXT
.MACRO $$$TYP
.BYTE $SUBXP
.ENDM $$$TYP
.MEXIT
.ENDC
.MACRO $$$TYP
.BYTE TYPE
.ENDM $$$TYP
.MEXIT

C-127

MACRO EXPANSIONS
.ENDM
.PSECT
.ENDM TRAN$

C.12

C.12.l

SUBMIT FILE TO PRI~T SPOOLER (PRT ••• ) MACRO (PRINT$)

PRINT$ Macro

The PRINT$ macro takes the following form:
PRINT$ FDB,ERR
where:
FDB=Address of the FOB of the file to submit.
ERR=Address of error routine .
. MACRO PRINT$ FDB,ERR,?LBL,A,B,C,D,E,F,?LBL2
.MCALL CALL,CLOSE$,LDR0$,GLUN$S
LDRO$ FOB
;Load FOB address into RO
TST F.BDB(RO}
;File open?
BEQ LBL
;If eq no
MOV Rl , - ( SP}
; Save Rl and R2
MOV R2 ,- (SP}
MOV R3,-(SP)
;Save R3
MOV SP,Rl
;Save pointer to end of send buffer
SUB #<8.*2>,SP
;Allocate a get LUN info buffer
MOV SP,R2
;Save its address in R2
MOVB F.LUN(RO} ,R3
;Get LUN in R3
GLUN$S R3,R2
;Get real device name and unit
MOV G.LUCW(R2} ,R3
;Save characteristics word 1
MOV RO,R2
;Copy FOB address
ADD #F.FNB+N.DID+6,R2
;Point to end of directory ID
MOV - ( R2 } , - ( Rl }
;Push directory ID
MOV - ( R2 } , - ( Rl }
MOV - ( R2 ) , - ( Rl )
ADD #N.FID+6-N.DID,R2
;Point to end of file ID
MOV - ( R2 } , - ( Rl )
; Push file ID
MOV .: ( R2 ) , - ( Rl )
MOV - ( R2 } , - ( Rl )
CLRB -(Rl)
;Clear LUN information flags byte
ADD #N.FVER+2-N.FID,R2 ;Point to end of filename, type,
; version
MOV - (R2) ,- (SP)
;Push file version number
MOV - ( R2 ) , - ( SP)
;Push file type
MOV -{R2) ,-{SP)
; Push filename
MOV -{R2) ,-{SP)
MOV - {R2) ,- {SP)
MOV SP,Rl
;Set pointer to send buffer
CLOSE$ RO
; Close file
BCS LBL2
;Skip on error
BIT #FD.REC!FD.OSP,R3
;Record oriented or spooled device?
BNE LBL2
;If ne yes
MOV RO ,R2
;Save FOB address
MOV #RPRT ,RO
;Get "PRT" in RAD-50
CALL $DSPAT
;Send data to .•. PRT or PRT •..
MOV R0,F.ERR{R2)
;Get return status
MOV R2 ,RO
;Restore FDB address
LBL2:
ROR Rl
;Save carry

C-128

MACRO EXPANSIONS
ADD #<13.*2>,SP
ROL Rl
MOV (SP)+,R3
MOV {SP)+,R2
MOV {SP)+,Rl
. IF NB ERR
BCC LBL
CALL ERR
.ENDC
LBL:
.ENDM PRINT$

C.13

;Clean stack
;Restore carry
1Restore R3
;Restore Rl and R2
;If CC okay
;Call error routine
;Reference label

SET/GET SYMBOL (TTSYM$) MACRO EXPANSIONS

C.13.l

TTSYM$ Macro

The TTSYM$ macro file is used by RSX-llD, IAS,
and RSX-llM terminal
drivers.
However,
the RSX-llM terminal driver uses only a limited
number of the symbols in this file.
The TTSYM$ macro defines all the
symbols required for terminal SET and GET characteristics .
. MACRO TTSYM$ $$$GBL
. MCALL DEFIN$
..• GBL=O
.IF IDN,<$$$GBL>,<DEF$G>
... GBL=l
.ENDC
DEF IN$
DEF IN$
DEF IN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEF IN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

TC. WID, 1.
TC. LPP, 2.
TC. RSP, 3.
TC.XSP,4.
TC.STB,5.
TC.ISL,6.
TC.RAT,7.
TC. TTP, 8.
TC. SCR, 9.
TC.SCP,10.
TC.HFL,11.
TC.VFL,12.
TC.NL ,13.
TC.SFF,14.
TC.HFF,15.
TC.LVF,16.
TC.HHT,17.
TC.NST,18.
TC.BSP,19.
TC.ACR,20.
TC.SMR,21.
TC.SMP,22.

DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

TC.SM0,23.
TC.CCF,24.
TC.ALT,25.
TC.IMG,26.
TC.NKE,27.
TC.NPR,28.
TC.ESQ,29.
TC.LCP,30.

;Line width
1Lines per page
; Receiver speed
;Transmitter speed
;Two stop bits
;Subline on interface
;Read-ahead type
;Terminal type
; Ser ipt line
;Scope
;Horizontal fill requirement
;Vertical fill
;ASCII newline terminal
;Simulate formfeed and vertab
;HARDWARE FORMFEED AND VERTAB
;LA36 vertical fill
;Hardware horizontal tab
;Non-standard hardware tab
;Hardware backspace
;Automatic carriage return required
;Small character input enabled
;Small character input required
; {/lower case input)
;Small character output enabled
;CONTROL-C flushes type-ahead and read
;Alternative ALTMODE recognition
;IAS - messages inhibited
;No keyboard
;No printer
;Escape sequence recognition
; Local copy line

C-129

MACRO EXPANSIONS
DEFIN$ TC.PAR,31.
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

TC.EPA,32.
TC.DLU,33.
TC.BLK,34.
TC.FRM,35.
TC.HLD,36.
TC.TAP,37.
TC.CEQ,38.
DEF~N$ TC.NEC,39.
DEFIN$ TC.SLV,40.
DEFIN$ TC.PRI,41.
DEFIN$ TC.UC0,42.
DEFIN$ TC.UCl,43.
DEFIN$ TC.UC2,44.
DEFIN$ TC.UC3,45.
DEFIN$ TC.UC4,46.
DEFIN$ TC.UC5,47.
DEFIN$ TC.UC6,48.
DEFIN$ TC.UC7,49.
DEFIN$ TC.UC8,SO.
DEFIN$ TC.UC9,51.
DEFIN$ TC.MAX,52.

;Parity recognition/generation
; required
;gven parity
;Dialup line
;Block mode terminal
;Forms mode terminal
;Terminal hold mode
;Low speed paper tape reader
; compatible escape sequences
; terminal in no-echo mode
; terminal in slave mode
; terminal is privileged
;User characteristic O
;User characteristic 1
;User characteristic 2
;User characteristic 3
;User characteristic 4
;User characteristic 5
;User characteristic 6
;User characteristic 7
;User characteristic 8
;User characteristic 9
;This must be one greater
; than the highest value used
; for a symbol

Set Characteristic Error Codes
DEFIN$ SE.ICN,l.
DEFIN$ SE.FIX,2.
DEF IN$ SE. BIN, 3.
DEFIN$ SE.VAL,4.
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEF IN$
DEFIN$

SE.TER,5.
SE.SPD,6.
SE.SPL,7.
SE.PAR,8.
SE. LPR, 9.
SE.NSC,10.

DEFIN$ SE.UPN,11.
DEFIN$ SE.NIH,12.

;Wrong characteristic name
;Attempt to change fixed
; characteristic
;Wrong value for binary
; characteristic
;Wrong value for non-binary
; characteristic
;Wrong terminal type
;Wrong speed for interface
;Wrong split speed for interface
;Wrong parity type for interface
;Other wrong line parameters
;Interface does not have settable
; characteristics
;No space to save default
; characteristics
;Characteristic not assembled in
; handler

Subfunction Codes for the Set Characteristics Function
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

SF.SSC,
SF.SMC,
SF.RDF,
SF.STT,
SF.STS,
SF.GSC,
SF.GMC,
SF.GAC,
SF.SAC,
SF.DEF,

2400 020
2400 040
2400 060
2400 100
2400 120
2400 140
2400 160
2400 200
2400!220
010

;Set single characteristic
;Set multiple characteristics
;Restore default
;Set terminal type
;Set terminal type and speed
;Get single characteristic
;Get multiple characteristics
;Get all characteristics
;Set all characteristics
~Set default characteristics

Speed Types
DEFIN$ S.0
DEFIN$ S.50

,1.
,2.

C-130

MACRO EXPANSIONS
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEF IN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

S.75
,3.
S.100 ,4.
S .110 , 5.
S.134 ,6.
S.150 ,7.
S.200 ,8.
S.300 ,9.
S.600 ,10.
S.1200,11.
S.1800,12.
S.2000,13.
S.2400,14.
S.3600,15.
S.4800,16.
S.7200,17.
S.9600,18.
S.EXTA,19.
S.EXTB,20.

Terminal Types
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

T.UNKO,O.
T.AS33,l.
T.I)S33,2.
T.AS35,3.
T.L30S,4.
T.L30P,5.
T.LA36,6.
T.VTOS,7.
T.VTS0,8.
T.VT52,9.
T.VT55,10.
T.VT61,ll.
T.Ll80,12.
T.SCR0,13.
T.USR0,14.
T.USRl,T.USRO+l
T.USR2,T.USR1+1
T.USR3,T.USR2+1
T.USR4,T.USR3+1

;Unknown (unspecified)
;ASR33
;KSR33
;ASR35
;LA30S
;LA30P
;LA36
;VTOS
;VTSO
;VT52
;VTSS
;VT61
;LA180S
; Ser ipt line
;User terminal 0
;User terminal 1
;User terminal 2
;User terminal 3
;User terminal 4

Bits for Return from 'GET TERMINAL SUPPORT'
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$
DEFIN$

Fl.ACR,000001
Fl.BTW,000002
Fl.BUF,000004
Fl.UIA,000010
Fl.CC0,000020
Fl.ESQ,000040
Fl.HLD,000100
Fl.LWC,000200
Fl.RNE,000400
Fl.RPR,001000
Fl.RST,002000
Fl.RUB,004000
Fl.SYN,010000
Fl.TRW,020000
Fl.UTB,040000
Fl.VBF,100000
F2.SCH,000001
F2.GCH,000002
F2.DCH,000004

;Auto CR/LF on long lines
;Break through write
;Intermediate buffering
;Unsolicited input ASTs
;Cancel CONTROL-0 on write
;Escape sequence support
;Hold screen support
;Lower case conversion
; Read no echo
;Read with prompt
;Read with special terminators
;Scope rubouts
;XON/XOFF
;Transparent read/write
;Buffering in task buffer
;EXEC buffers are variable length
;Set characteristics
;Get characteristics
;Dump/restore characteristics

C-131

MACRO EXPAN.SIONS
DEFIN$ F2.DKL,000010
DEFIN$ F2.ALT,000020
DEFIN$ F2.SFF,000040

;Historical llD/IAS IO.KIL
; l\LTMODE is echoed
;Formfeed can be simulated

Subfunction Bits for Terminal Handler QIOs.
Note: A complete list of terminal handler function and subfunction
codes appears in this appendix under QIOMAC.
DEFIN$ TF.RST,001
DEFIN$ TF.BIN,-002
DEFIN$ TF.RAL,010
DEFIN$ TF.RNE,020
DEFIN$ TF.RNC,040
DEFIN$ TF.XOF,100
DEFIN$ TF.TM0,200
DEFIN$ TF.WAL,010
DEFIN$ TF.WMS,020
DEFIN$ TF.CC0,040
DEFIN$ TF.WBT,100
DEFIN$ TF.SYN,200
DEFIN$ TF.AST,010
DEFIN$ TF.ESQ,020

[IO.RLB/IO.RPR] Read with special
terminators
Send prompt as PASS ALL
Read pass all
Read with no echo
Read with no case
conversion
Send XOF after prompt
Read with timeout
[IO.WLB] Write pass all
Write suppressible message
Cancel CONTROL-a
Break through read
Synchronous write
[IO.ATT] Specify ASTs in attach
Recognise escape sequences

.MACRO TTSYM$ A
.ENDM
.ENDM TTSYM$

C-132

APPENDIX D
LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMB.LY PARAMETERS

D.l

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS

The following is a listing of all ~he conditional assembly parameters
that are possible on the RSX-llM system. Many of these may not apply
to your system but are listed here for your convenience.
Parameter

Definition

A$$CHK
A$$CPS
A$$D01
A$$Fll
A$$NSI
A$$PRI
A$$Rll
A$$RDA
A$$TRP
B$$00T
C$$CKP
C$$INT
C$$LIS
C$$0RE
C$$0VL
C$$Rll
C$$RSH
C$$RUN
0$$811
D$$BUG
D$$Ell
D$$Hll
D$$IAG
D$$ISK
D$$Jll
D$$Lll
D$$Mll
D$$Pll
D$$Qll
D$$SHF
D$$Ull
D$$Wll
D$$YNC
D$$YNM
D$$Zll
D$$ZMD
E$$DVC
E$$EAE
E$$NSI
E$$PER

;Address checking
;ACP support
;ADOl-D A/D converters
;AFCll A/D converters
;ANSI magtape support
;ALTER PRIORITY directive
;ARll laboratory peripheral systems
; ARll D/A option
;AST support
;Bootstrap ROM address
;Checkpointing support·
;Connect interrupt vector support
;Command language interpreter support
;Size of dynamic storage region
;Overlaid network ACP
;CRll card readers
;Crash reporting
;Crash unit number
;DAll-B parallel line interfaces
;Panic dump routine
;DLll-E line interfaces
;DHll asynchronous line multiplexers
;Use.r mode diagnostics
;Nonresident task support
;DJll asynchronous line multiplexers
;DLll/A/B/C/D line interfaces
;DMllBB modem control interfaces
;DPll line interfaces
;DQll synchronous line interfaces
;Automatic dynamic memory compaction
;DUll line interfaces
;DUPll line interfaces
;Dynamic checkpoint allocation
;Dynamic memory allocation support
;DZll asynchronous line multiplexers
;DZll modem support
;Log device errors and timeout
;EAE support
;Log undefined interrupts
;Log parity error traps

D-1

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS
Parameter
E$$XPR
F$$AST
F$$LPP
F$$LTP
F$$LVL
G$$TPP
G$$TSS
G$$TTK
G$$WRD
I$$Cll
I$$CAD
I$$CDA
!$$CDS
I$$CIM
I$$CLK
I$$CLT
!$$CR
I$$CRS
I$$CSS
I$$CTI
I$$CWD
I$$Gll
I$$RAR
I$$RDN
I$$Sll
I$$SDR
I$$SDS
I$$SLK
I$$SPW
I$$SRC
!$$SSC
K$$CNT
K$$CSR
K$$Gll
K$$LDC
K$$TPS
K$$Wll
L$$11R
L$$50H
L$$ASG
L$$DRV
L$$Pll
L$$PS1
L$$SB.F
L$$SDA
L$$SDR
L$$SGR
L$$SI1
LD$AD
LD$AF
LD$AR
LD$CR
LD$CT
LD$DB
LD$DF
LD$DK
LD$DM
LD$DP
LD$DS
LD$DT
LD$DX
LD$LP

Definition
;EXTEND PARTITION (task) directive
;Asynchronous FPP
;Floating point processor support
;FIS support
;File structure level support
;GET PARTITION PARAMETERS directive
;GET SENSE SWITCHES directive
;GET TASK PARAMETERS directive
;Include $GTWRD code
;ICS/ICR-11 industrial control subsystems
;ICS/ICR-11 A/D convertor modules
;ICS/ICR-11 D/A modules
;ICS/ICR-11 digital sense input modules
;ICS/ICR-11 digital interrupt modules
;ICS/ICR-11 task activation from interrupts
;ICS/LCR-11 bi-stable output modules
;ICR-11 remote units
;ICS/ICR-11 status recovery
;ICS/ICR-11 single shot output modules
;ICS/ICR-11 I/O counter modules
;ICS/ICR-11 error count
; KGll CRC 09tion
;Install, request, and remove on exit
;I/O rundown
;DRS/DSS-11 input/output modules
;DRS-11 output modules
·
;DSS-11 input modules
;Task activation from interrupts
;DRS-11 status restore on power recovery
;DRS-11 command register address
;DSS-11 command register address
;Count register address
;Programmable clock CSR address
; KGll CRC opt ion
;Load count value
;Ticks per second
;KWll-Y support
;Fast printer support
;SOHZ line frequency
;Logical device assignment support
;Loadable driver support
;LP/LS/LV11/LA180 line printers
;LPSll laboratory peripheral systems
;LPSll bandwidth filtering
;LPSll D/A option
; LPSDR-A prE?!Sent
;LPSll gain ranging option
;LSI-11 processor
:Loadable ADDRV
;Loadable AFDRV
;Loadable AH.ORV
;Loadable CH.ORV
; Loadable C~WRV
;Loadable DBDRV
;Loadable DFDRV
;Loadable DKDRV
;Loadable DMDRV
;Loadable DPDRV
;Loadable DSDRV
; Loadable o~rnRV
;Loadable DXDRV
;Loadable LPDRV

D-2

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS
Parameter

Definition

LD$LS
LD$MM
LD$MT
LD$PP
LD$PR
LD$TT
LD$XB
LD$XL
LD$XM
LD$XP
LD$XQ
LD$XU
LD$XW
M$$CRX
M$$CRB
M$$EXT
M$$FCS
M$$IXD
M$$MGE
M$$MUP
M$$NET
M$$0VR
N$$CON
N$$MOV
N$$MXM
N$$TMO
P$$D70
P$$GMX
P$$LAS
P$$Pll
P$$P45
P$$Rll
P$$RFL
P$$RTY
P$$SRF
P$$TPT
P$$WRD
Q$$CRC
Q$$HPT
Q$$0PT
R$$11S
R$$11M
R$$611
R$$60F
R$$6WC
R$$DER
R$$EXV
R$$Fll
R$$JPO
R$$JS1
R$$JP1
R$$Kll
R$$KWC
R$$LOD
R$$NDC
R$$LKL
R$$NDH
R$$NDL
R$$Pll
R$$SND
R$$Xll
S$$ECC

;Loadable LSDRV
;Loadable MMDRV
;Loadable MTDRV
;Loadable PPDRV
;Loadable PRDRV
;Loadable TTDRV
;Loadable XBDRV
;Loadable XLDRV
;Loadable XMDRV
;Loadable XPDRV
;Loadable XQDRV
;Loadable XUDRV
;Loadable XWDRV
;External MCR functions
;MCR command buffer length
;11/70 extended memory support
;FCS/file system support
;Mixed RHll drive types
;Memory management
;Multi-user protection
;Network ACP support
;Overlayed MCR
;Number of simultaneous logical channels
;Size of BLXIO 'MOV' table
;Maximum network data message size
;Network control message -timeout period
;ll/70 cache parity support
;Get mapping context
;Program logical address extensions
;PCll paper tape punch
;Rotating data lights
;PRll paper tape reader
;Powerfail recovery
;Parity memory
;SEND/RECEIVE by REFERENCE
;Point-to-point network support
;Include $PTWRD code
;DQll CRC option support
;DQll protocol option support
;Pre-allocate I/O packets
; RSX-llS system
; RSX-llM system
;RK611 disk cartridge controllers
;RK06 offset recovery support
;RK611 write check support
;CORAL deallocation error checking
;Extend Executive to 20k
;RFll fixed head disk controllers
;Offset recovery support
;RJ/RWS03-04 fixed head disk controllers
;RJ/RWP04-05-06 disk pack controllers
;RKll cartridge disk controllers
;RKll write check support
;Remote task loading
;Clock ticks per scheduling interval
;RMS-11 block locking
;Highest priority class to consider
;Lowest priority class
;RPll-C/E disk pack controllers
;SEND/RECEIVE directives
;RXll disk controllers
;Shared Executive ECC code

D-3

LISTING OF CONDITIONAL ASSEMBLY PARAMETERS
Parameter

Definition

S$$WPC
S$$WPR
S$$WRG
S$$YSZ
T$$18S
T$$30P
T$$All
T$$ACR
T$$BTW
T$$BUF
T$$Cll
T$$CCA
T$$CCO
T$$CTR
T$$ESC
T$$GMC
T$$GTS
T$$HLD
T$$Jl6
T$$KMG
T$$LWC
T$$Mll
T$$MAN
T$$MIN
T$$RNE
T$$RPR
T$$RST
T$$RUB
T$$SMC
T$$SYN
T$$TRW
T$$UTB
T$$VBF
T$$ZAN
U$$ACH
U$$ADM
U$$AOM
U$$CIM
U$$CSM
U$$Dll
U$$LTM
U$$MHI
U$$MLO
U$$MRN
U$$NIP
U$$SSM
U$$TIM
V$$CTR
V$$S2S
V$$S60
V$$Tll
X$$DBT
X$$Mll

;Clock ticks per swapping interval
;Swapping priority
;Console switch register present
;Size of physical memory in 32W blocks
;LA180S support
;LA30P support
;TAll dual cassettes
;Automatic: CR/LF
;Breakthrough write
;Terminal input checkpointing
;TCll DECtape controllers
;Unsolicited input AST
;Write with control-0,cancellation
;Control-R support
;Escape sequence support
;Get terminal characteristics
;Get terminal driver support
;Hold-screen support
;TJ/TWU16-45 magtape controllers
;Task termination/device not ready messages
;Settable case conversion (lower case)
;TM/TMA/TMBll magtape controllers
;DMllBB answer baud rate
;Baseline terminal driver
;Read with no echo
;Read with prompt or afte~ prompt
;Read with special terminator
;CRT rubout
;Set terminal characteristics
;Terminal-host synchronization support
;Transparent terminal read/write
;User terminal input buffering
;Variable length terminal input buffers
;DZll answer baud rate
;Number of channels per module
;ADUOl or IAD-IA module description
;Analog output modules
;Digital interrupt module description
;Digital sense intput module
;UDCll Universal digital controller
;Bi-stable output module description
;High part of UNIBUS address
;Low part of UNIBUS address
;Address of next available UMR
;Uni-polar A/D sampling
;Single-shot output modules
;I/O counter module description
;Address of highest vector plus 4
;VS60 drives two CRT monitors
;VS60 graphics display subsystem
;VTll graphics display subsystem
;Executive debugging tool
;DMCll line interfaces

D-4

APPENDIX E
GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION

E.1

INTRODUCTION

This Appendix is a guide containing some general hints about fault
isolation in the RSX-llM system.
It is not an all-inclusive guide,
but it does offer suggestions to get you started
in the right
direction.
Other aids that may help you:

E.2

•

RSX-llM Crash Dump Analyzer Manual

•

IAS/RSX-11 ODT Reference
Tool)

•

RSX-llM User Mode Diagnostics Reference Manual

•

Executive Debug Tool (XDT) and Panic Dump,
RSX-llM Guide to Writing an I/O Driver

described

•

RSX-llM Task Builder Reference Manual
Snapshot Dumps)

Post

Manual

(for

the

Online

(for

Debugging

the

Mortem

and

FAULT CLASSIFICATIONS

Four possible causes can be identified when the system faults:

A user-state task has faulted such that it causes the
to fault (unmapped systems only)

A user-written driver has faulted such
system to fault

The RSX-llM system software itself has faulted

The host hardware has faulted.

that

system

causes

the

You should immediately determine which of these four
cases
is the
source of the fault.
This section outlines the procedures that may
help you to uncover the source of the fault.
Correcting the fault
is
assumed to be your responsibility.

E.3

SERVICING FAULTS

Faults manifest themselves in roughly four ways.
They are listed here
in the order of increasing difficulty of isolation.

E-1

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION
1.

If XDT is included in your system, an unintended trap to
occurs.

XDT

The system displays text indicating a crash has occurred
halts.

and

The system halts but displays nothing.

The system is in an unintended loop.

Regardless of fault manifestation,
pertinent fault isolation data.

you

should

immediately

obtain

Case 1--The system has trapped to XDT
The trap may or may not be intended (for example, you may not have
removed a previously set breakpoint). If the trap is not intended,
type the X com~and. This causes XDT to jump to location 40(8), from
which the Executive stack and register dump routine (if present),
followed by either Panic Dump or the Crash Dump Analyzer (CDA) support
routine (if present), will be invoked. If, however, you have some
idea of the source of the problem (for example, a recent coding
change), then you can use XDT to examine pertinent data structures and
code.
Case 2 - The system has displayed text indicating a crash occurred
If the text consists of output from the Executive stack and register
dump routine, all the basic information describing the state of the
system has been displayed. If the text has been produced by the CDA
support routine, follow the procedure for obtaining and formatting a
memory dump as outlined in the RSX-llM Crash Dump Analyzer Reference
Manual.
Case 3--The system has halted but displays no information
Before taking
information:

any

action,

examine

the

following

The procedure depends on the particular PDP-11 processor.
appropriate PDP-11 Processor Handbook for details.

Consult the

and

record

• Current PS and PC
• General registers

• Executive stackpointer and stack
• Executive PARS on a mapped system
• Pertinent device
r(~gisters

After preserving the PS and PC, invoke your resident debugging aid:
enter 40(8)
in the switch register, press LOAD ADDR, and then press
START. The contents of 40(8) cause the successive invocation of:
1.

The_ Executive stack and register dump routine {if present)

Either Panic Dump or CDA support routine {if present)

E-2

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION
case 4 - System is in an unintended loop
Proceed as follows:
1.

Halt the processor

Record PC and PS and any pertinent device
Case 3 above.

registers,

You may then want to step through a number of instructions in an
attempt to locate the loop. For this attempt to be meaningful you
must first disable the system clock. Proceed as follows:
1.

Examine the contents of word 777546 (if your system
line
frequency
clock)
or word 772540 (if it
programmable clock).

Clear bit 6 in this
disables the clock.

The system will not run unless you reenable the clock.

After trying to locate the loop and reenabling
transfer to location 40(8) as in Case 3.

E.3.1

word

and

redeposit

the

word.

the

has
has

a
a

This

clock,

Gathering Pertinent Fault Isolation Data

Before proceeding with locating the fault, you should to dump the
system common (SYSCM). SYSCM contains a number of critical pointers
and listheads. Find the file SYSCM in the Executive memory allocation
map listing, then enter the appropriate limits into the Panic Dump
Routine.
Alternately, you can run the Crash Dump Analyzer as a task;
or, if
XDT is included in your system and a program condition causes a
processor trap, control transfers automatically to XDT and typing X at
your terminal causes control to be transfered to the crash dump
routine.
In addition, you should to dump the Dynamic Storage Region and the
device tables. The Dynamic Storage Region starts in the module INITL
and the device tables are in SYSTB.
At this point, you have the following data:
•

•

The stack

•

RO through R6

E-3

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION
•

The Dynamic Storage Region

•

The Device Tables

•

System common

These data are the minimum required to trace the fault effectively.

E.3.2

Tracing Faults

Three pointers in SYSCM are critical in fault tracing.
are described below:

These pointers

$STKDP - Stack Depth Indicator
This data item indicates which stack was being used at the time
of the crash. $STKDP plays an important role in determining the
origin of a fault. The following values apply.
+l
User (task-state) stack
O
System stack (system processing)
-1
Interrupt processing only
$TKTCB - Pointer to the Current Task Control Block (TCB)
The current TCB is the TCB of the user-level task in
the CPU.

control

$HEADR - Pointer to the Current Task Header
The $HEADR word points to the header of the task currently
running.
The task header provides additional data to help
isolate the fault. Figures E-1 and E-2 show the layout of task
headers for unmapped and mapped systems.
The first word in the header is the user task's stack pointer
(SP) the last time it was saved. If the user task branches
wildly into the Executive, the Executive terminates the user
task, but the system continues to function (possibly erroneously
on an unmapped system). On a mapped system, only a privileged
task can enter and corrupt the Executive. Knowing the user
task's stack pointer provides one more link in the chain that may
lead to the resolution of the fault.
The header (as pointed to by $HEADR) also contains the last-saved
register set, just before the header quard word (the last word in
the header, pointed to by H.GARD).

E-4

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION

r......,

RO
R1
R2
R3

..
N

H.NLUN

1--

H.GARD

PS
PC
H.HDLN

LENGTH IN BYTES

. Figure E-1

Task Header on an Unmapped System

i-.-

I
H.NLUN

PC
PS

N
I--

H.GARD

H.HDLN

LENGTH IN BYTES

Figure E-2

Task Header on a Mapped System

E.3.2.1 Tracing Faults Using a Display of the Executive Stack and
Registers - To trace a fault after a display of the Executive stack
and register contents,
first examine the system stack pointer.
Usually an Executive failure is the result of an SST-type trap within
the Executive.
If an SST does occur within the Executive, the origin
to the call on the crash reporting routine is in the SST service
module.
(The crash call is initiated by issuing an IOT at a stack
depth of zero or less.)

E-5

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION
A call to crash also occurs in the Directive Dispatcher when an EMT is
issued at a stack depth of zero or less, or a trap instruction is
executed at a depth of less than zero. The stack structure in the
case of an internal SST fault is shown in Figure E-3.

PS
PC
RS
R4
R3
R2
R1

RO
RETURN TO SYSTEM EXIT
ZERO OR MOF:E SST PARAMETERS
SST FAULT CODE
NUMBER OF BYTES

Figure E-3

Stack Structure:

.....
.-..----SP

Internal SST Fault

The fault codes are:
0
2
4
6
10
12
14
16
20
22
24
26
30
32
34

Odd address and traps to 4
Memory protect violation
Break point or trace trap
IOT instruction
Illegal or reserved instruction
Non-RSX EMT instruction
Trap instruction
11/40 floating point exception
SST abort - bad stack
AST abort - bad stack
Abort via directive
Task load read failure
Task checkpoint read failure
Task exit with outstanding I/O
Task memory parity error

The PC points to the instruction following the one which caused the
SST failure.
The number of bytes is the number normally transferred
to the user task's stack when the particular type of SST occurs.
If
the number is 4, an abnormal SST fault occurred, and only the PS and
PC are transferred. There are no SST parameters.
If the failure is detected in $DRDSP the stack is the same as that
shown in Figure E-3, except the number of bytes, the SST fault code
(the fault codes are listed above}, and the SST parameters are not
present.
The crash report message, however, will indicate that the
failure occurred in $DRDSP.

E-6

GENERAL FAOLT ISOLATION
One SST-type failure, stack underflow, does not result in the stack
structure of Figure E-3. To determine where the crash occurred, first
establish the stack structure; this can be deduced by the value of
the SP and the contents of the top word on the stack. If the stack
structure is that of Figure E-3, then the failure occurred in $DRDSP,
or was a normal SST crash. If the stack structure is that of Figure
E-4, then an abnormal SST crash has occurred.

Abnormal SST failures occur when it is not possible to
push
information on the stack without forcing another SST fault. When this
situation occurs, a direct jump to the crash reporting routine occurs
rather than an IOT crash. The PS and PC on the stack are those of the
actual crash, and the address printed out by the crash-reporting
routine is the address of the fault rather than the address of the IOT
that crashes the system.
Note that the crash reporting routine
removes the PC and PS of the IOT instruction from the stack, which in
this case is incorrect. Thus, the SP appears to be 4 bytes greater
than it really is (as in Figure E-4).
You now have all the information needed to isolate the
failure.

cause

the

E.3.2.2 Tracing Faults When the Processor Halts Without Display - To
trace a fault when the processor halts but displays no information
(Case 3 as described above), first examine $STKDP, $TKTCB, and $HEADR.
Tracing failures in this case is difficult because the system stack is
not directly associated with the cause of a failµre.
By examining $STKDP, you can determine the system state at the time of
the failure.
If the system was in user state, examine the user task's
stack. The examination focuses on scanning the stack for addresses
that may be subroutine links that can ultimately lead to a thread of
events isolating the fault. This is essentially the aim of looking at
the system stack if $STKDP is zero or less.
Frequently, a fault can occur that causes the SP to point to the Top
of Stack (TOS)+4. This fault results from issuing an RTI when the top
two items on the stack are data instead of the return address (PC) and
processor status (PS)
for the routine being returned to. A wild
branch occurs followed, most probably, by a halt.
Figure E-5 shows a case in which two data items are on the stack when
the program executes an RTI. TOS points to a word containing 40100.
This word will be the new PC. Suppose that location 40100 contains a
halt.
After the RTI and the halt occurs, the SP points four bytes
above the previous location, and fault tracing should begin from the
previous SP.

E-7

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION

--c-----

SP
AFTER RTI

t-----~--

401
-------

Figure E-5

- ..
- - - - - BEFORE
RTI

Stack Structure: Data Items on Stack

This type of fault also occurs when an RTS instruction is executed
with an inconsistent stack: that is, a stack with the wrong contents
for the correct execution of the RTS instruction; The RTS instruction
pops the top element off the stack. The top element of the stack
becomes the new PC or occupies a register depending on the form of the
RTS instruction.
However, in any case, SP points to TOS+2 after an
RTS instruction.
A scan of the contents of the general registers may give some hint as
to the neighborhood in which a fault (or the sequence of events
leading up to the fault) occurred.
If the fault occurred in a new driver, the buffer address and count
words in the UCB (U.BUF, U.BUF+2, U.CNT), and the activity flags
(US.BSY and S.STS) are freauent sources of clues. Other locations in
both the UCB and SCB may aiso provide information that may help locate
the source of the fault.

Tracing Faults After an Unintended Loop - To trace a fault
when an unintended loop has occurred, first halt the processor. After
you halt the processor, the same state exists as in tracing faults
when the processor halts without display (as described above). Follow
the same tracing procedure described there. A specific suggestion is
to check for a stack overflow loop. Patterns of data successively
duplicated on the stack indicate a looping failure.

E.3.2.3

E.3.2.4

Additional Hints for Tracing Faults -

I/O Packets - Another item to check is the current (or last)
I/O packet, the address of which is found in S.PKT of the SCB. The
packet function (I.FCN) defines the last activity performed on the
unit.
E.3.2.5

If trouble occurred in terminating an I/O request, a scan of the free
block list for the system Dynamic Storage Region may provide some
insight. This list starts at the address contained in $CRAVL, a cell
in SYSCM.
Because all I/O packets are built in the system's Dynamic
Storage Region, their memory is returned to the Dynamic Storage Region
when they are successfully terminated. Following the link pointers in
this region may reveal whether I/O completion proceeded to that point.
In systems with QIO optimization, $PKAVL (SYSCM) points to a list of
I/O packet-sized blocks of dynamic memory that are not linked into the
$CRAVL chain. Normally, thE~ last completed I/O packet is the first in
the $PKAVL list.

E-8

GENERAL FAULT ISOLATION
A frequent error for an interrupt-driven device is to terminate an I/O
packet twice when the device is not properly disabled on I/O
completion and an unexpected interrupt occurs. This action ultimately
produces a double deallocation of the same packet of dynamic memory.
Double deallocation of a dynamic buffer in RSX-llM causes a loop in
the routine $DEACB (in the CORAL module) on the· next deallocation (of
a block of higher address) after the second deallocation of the same
block.
At that time, R2 and R3 both contain the address of the I/O
packet memory that has been doubly deallocated.
If XDT has been
included in the system, the deallocation routine checks for bad
deallocation and crashes the system if it occurs.
Note, that queue
I/O optimization, which employs pre-allocated I/O packets, may cause a
double-deallocation error to get by.
This may happen if the I/O
packet in question does not become deallocated and is put in a
separate list. To avoid this, use the SET /MAXPKT=O command to
temporarily void the optimization.

E.3.2.6 System Stack Pointer - use the system stack pointer to find
the current position of the system stack. The system stack will
contain addresses or instructions of code that . was being executed
prior to the crash (this is only true if the $STKDP is less than 1).
From this point, all call activity can be traced, with the help of the
listings, back to the original $SWSTK or EMT377 call.

E-9

APPENDIX F
SYSTEM TONING

This appendix is a brief synopsis of ways to improve the performance
of an RSX-llM system. There may be many conflicting trade-offs and
requirements in your particular installation;
therefore,
some
techniques may not be applicable to your situation. This appendix is
not intended to be the last word in system tuning, but is written in
the nature of a general approach to system tuning and contains some of
the techniques and concepts you can use to improve performance.

F.l

HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS

The most obvious approach to improving · system performance is to
upgrade the hardware to faster and/or larger capacity devices. If
your applications make heavy demands upon CPU time, it makes sense to
upgrade to a faster processor. If your application involves many disk
transfers, more CPU memory may be needed to reduce the number of
transfers or fixed head disks may be needed to reduce transfer time.
Heavily overlaid tasks require many disk transfers.
If
this
constantly occurs, more memory may allow fewer task overlays. The use
of memory management directives instead of overlaid tasks could
improve system performance in this case. Also, consider the use of
resident overlays or multiple copies of FllACP, one for each volume,
if you must use overlaid tasks with high I/O requirements. However,
resident overlays require more memory.

F.2

MEMORY LAYOUT

The memory layout of your particular system

that affects
throughput:

system

throughput.

The

is an important factor
following procedures improve

If your CPU has enough memory, put the following system
• programs
in separate partitions to avoid their checkpointing
each other:
MCR, FllACP, TKTN, SHUFFLER
•

Load loadable drivers into special driver partitions to
fragmenting memory.

•

Arrange to have PLAS dynamic
partitions.

F-1

regions

their

own

avoid
special

SYSTEM TUNING
F.3

EXECOTIVE SOFTWARE OPTIONS

The options listed below are covered in detail in the RSX-llM System
Generation Manual.
The most important options that affect system
performance include:
•

Choice of FllACP - If your memory is big enough, install
BIGFCP as memory-resident to greatly improve disk access time.
Install separate copies of FllACP for each disk if file access
is frequent and occurs to many different disks . . The /ACP
switch in the Mount command selects the copy of FllACP for
that particular disk.

•

Dynamic checkpoint allocation on the fastest
your system.

•

Shuffling - The Shuffler, a nonresident privileged task for
mapped
systems
compacts
memory in a system-controlled
partition.
This task minimizes memory fragmentation and
provides better memory usage.
The Shuffler is a SYSGEN
option.

•

Round-robin
scheduling - Selection
of
the
round-robin
scheduling option during SYSGEN ensures that tasks in a range
of priorities share the use of memory. This is important when
many CPU-bound tasks within a specified range of priorities
are running at the same time.

•

Swapping - This SYSGEN option allows tasks to be checkpointed
by tasks of equal priority when many tasks of equal priority
are competing for memory.
The checkpointing option is a
pre-requisite.

•

Memory management directives - Allows tasks to access
a
greater
span of physical memory than their normal 32K
addressing capability allows.

•

Loadable device drivers - Loadable drivers may slow down I/O a
bit, however, they occupy memory only when needed.

•

Queue I/O speed optimizations - I/O throughput is increased at
the expense of additional Executive code. Because of this
option, I/O packets are pre-allocated, which makes them
quickly available for QIOs.

•

Install, request, and remove on exit support
This option
conserves Dynamic Storage Region space by allowing tasks to be
memory resident only when active, but does not increase
throughput.

•

Checkpointing on terminal input - This SYSGEN option allows
more copies of terminal I/O-bound tasks to be run than
normally could be run in a given amount of memory.

•

Error logging - This option can be useful when information
about system errors (device errors, timeouts, cache and memory
parity errors) is needed. However, file space is needed for
the records and this option automatically includes support for
checkpointing and the Send/Receive directives.

•

Size of dynamic storage region - It is possible to exhaust
dynamic memory during the running of RSX-llM. This can occur
if a large number of tasks are installed, if many volumes are
mounted, or if a number of other conditions are present. This

F-2

system

disk

SYSTEM TUNING
problem can manifest itself in the lack of any response from
the system.
Although the system looks like it is operating
successfully, it cannot accept any MCR commands or complete
the execution of presently running tasks because they all
require dynamic memory. Another manifestation of the problem
may be I/O errors being received by tasks or failures in the
Loader due to pool allocation failures. The only solution to
this problem is to bootstrap the system and make more dynamic
space available (SET /POOL), remove tasks, mount
fewer
volumes, rebuild FCP with space for more file control blocks
in its partition, or rebuild the system with more dynamic
memory.
See the RSX-llM System Generation Manual for a
complete and detailed discussion of dynamic memory - its uses
and its users.
•

F.4

VMR installable Loader task - The Loader task occupies 2200(8)
bztes and is one of the Executive tasks. Installing and
fixing the Loader in its own partition releases the 2200(8)
bytes for use in the Dynamic Storage Region.

FILE SYSTEM OPTIONS

Many options of the INI and MOU commands can change performance.
more important options are:
/EXT

The

default extension block count - Unless this block count is
specified, the file has a default block count of five, whether
it uses all five blocks or not. If the default is used and the
file is larger than five blocks, the file is not continuous and
more accesses are required for the file. If the file uses less
than five blocks, all five blocks are reserved for the file and
no other file can use them. On the other hand, if you specify
one as the block count, the file gets only the number of blocks
it needs but it may require many accesses to access the whole
file.
To conserve space and reduce the number of file
accesses, be as specific as possible about the number of blocks
that your files need.

/INDX index file position - The position of the index file in large
volumes is important because of seek time. Rather than have
the index file at the beginning or end of a volume, position
it, either by block number or the MID key word, at the
mid-point of the volume. In the case of small volumes, such as
a floppy-disk, putting the index file at the mid-point will
limit the maximum size of the work files on the disk. In this
case, put the index file at the beginning or end of the volume.
/LRU

memory buffers to speed up directory searches - LRU specifies
the number of 512-byte buffers to be maintained in memory. The
buffers contain only the most recently accessed directories.
The default is three buffers. If your application is working
with a small number of directories, the defaults may be
sufficient.
However, if many directories are being scanned
frequently, access time will improve if you specify a higher
number than three. However, more buffers use more memory.

/WIN

mapping pointer count - WIN specifies the number of mapping
pointers to be allocated for file windows. The default is
seven pointers. The pointers point to contiguous blocks of the
file on the disk. Access to fragmented files may be optimized
by increasing the number of pointers.
However, additional
memory may be freed by reducing the number of pointers for
files with little or no fragmentation.
F-3

SYSTEM TUNING
F.5

HELPFUL HINTS
Typing
Avoid entering CTRL/C to explicitly request MCR.
• CNTRL/C
slows down response to other users needing MCR
facilities.
•

Use indirect command files to MAC and TKB whenever possible,
especially if the commands are long. If you do this, MAC or
TKB spend less time competing for resources.

•

When task building or assembling large programs, insert all
modules in a created library and specify each module by name.
This reduces the number of times that TKB or MAC have to open
files.

•

If you are doing SYSGEN with a mapped baseline system and your
system has enough memory, create a separate 32K partition and
install PIP, BIGTKB, and BIGMAC in this partition;
this
shortens the time taken for SYSGEN.

•

If you have the room, install BIGTKB and BIGMAC with a large
/INC. This reduces the system overhead that TKB and MAC would
cause when they executed Extend Task directives.

•

Install PIP with an increment {/INC).
In
utilities in the largest possible partition.

•

If your system
memory-resident.

•

Use the following form, shown as an example, to call utilities
whenever you want to use a utility once:

uses

RMS,

buil~

the

library

general,

run

modules

>PIP command <CR>
Using this form reduces the time that PIP {or any other
utility) spends competing for the memory resource. However,
if you intend to use a utility to perform multiple operations,
use:
>PIP
PIP> command <CR>
PIP> command <CR>
PIP> command <CR>
CTRL/Z

•

Use the print spooler as much
leaving
utilities
in memory
printer.

as possible.
This avoids
while printing on the line

•

To save memory space by reducing task size, you may want to
build a resident (sharable) library containing frequently-used
FORTRAN routines. For the same reason, you may want to
produce a position-independent library containing all the FCS
modules required by a set of programs that are intended to run
simultaneously.
FCSRES.MAC and FORRES.MAC files are provided
on the distribution disk. Building a FORTRAN and FCS resident
library is described in the RSX-llM System Generation Manual.

the overlay structure of your tasks.
You may possibly
• Plan
achieve
a large reduction in disk accesses by careful
planning.

F-4

SYSTEM TUNING

F.6

•

Avoid putting all the files needed by an application in a
single UIC.
Having all files in a single UIC slows down
directory searches as each block can hold 32 entries only (8
words per entry) •
Many more disk accesses are required to
search for the 300th file in a single UIC than the 30th file
in the last of 10 UICs.

•

RMDEMO does add some overhead to the system's operation.
It
is not necessary to run RMDEMO continously, only when the
information that it supplies is required. However, if you do
not run RMDEMO continuously, you may not be able to observe
the system when a problem occurs (for example, dangerously low
and decreasing pool space).

SOME USEFUL COMMANDS

There are four commands that can give you a description of your system
that may be useful when you tune your system. They are the Tasklist,
the Partition Definitions, the Task List, and the Active Task List
commands.
These commands are more fully described in the RSX-llM
Operator's Procedures Manual.
TASK LIST - Short Version
The Tasklist command displays on the entering terminal a brief
description of each installed task. The display contains, from left
to right:
1.

Task name

Task version identification

Partition name

Task priority

Size of task in bytes (8)

Load device identification

Disk address logical block number

Task memory state

( 8)

Format:
TAS
Example:
••• LDR 07. 0 5 LDRPAR 248.
TKTN
03.3
SY SPAR 248.
225.
RMDEMO X03.03 GEN
MTAACP 0006
GEN
200.
200.
FllMSG VOOlO GEN
•.• MCR 01
160.
GEN

00002200 LB0:-01035303 FIXED
00010000 LB0:-01126742
00013700 SY0:-00352100
00013000 DS0:-00000777
00005400 SY0:-01053030
00025000 LB0:-01051676

ETC.

F-5

SYSTEM TUNING
PARTITION DEFINITIONS
The Partition Definitions command displays on the entering terminal
description of each memory partition in the system.
The display consists of fi,Te columns that specify (in order from
to right):
1.

Partition name

Partition base address (8)

Partition size (8)

Partition kind:

Partition type

left

main partition (MAIN) or subpartition (SUB)

TASK for user-controlled
COM for common
DEV for device registers
SYS for system-controlled
Taskname for task region
D .. ~MIC for dynamically created region
DRIVER for region occupied by a loadable driver
Format:
PAR
Example:
Name
LOR
SY SPAR
FCPPAR
PMDPAR
SPLPAR
DRVPAR

GEN

Base

She

000000
120000
130000
156000
156000
176000
176000
177600
200300
201300
202400
203400
212000
212000
225400

000000
010000
026000
020000
010000
014000
001600
000500
001000
001100
002.000
003100
546000
013400
04S700

Type
MAIN TASK
MAIN TASK
MAIN TASK
MAIN TASK
SUB TASK
MAIN SYS
SUB DRIVER SUB DRIVER SUB DRIVER SUB DRIVER SUB DRIVER SUB DRIVER MAIN SYS
SUB (RMDEMO)
SUB ( ... ED I)

DB:
DS:
DK:
DT:
LP:

MM:

ETC .
TASK LIST - Long Version
The Task List command displays on the entering terminal the names,
descriptions, and status of all installed tasks or of a ,specific
installed task in the system.

F-6

SYSTEM TUNING
The display contains,
reading
information for each task:

from

left

right,

•

Task name

•

Task control block physical address (8)

•

Partition name

•

Partition control block physical address (8)

•

Partition base and limit physical address (8)

•

Task's running priority and default priority

•

Task status flags

•

TI terminal physical device unit

•

I/O count (10)

•

Task local event flags

•

Task registers
tasks only)

and

processor

status

word

the

following

(memory-resident

Format:
TAL [taskname]
Example:
. LDR. 052220 LOR
052164 00000000-00000000 PRI - 248. DPRI - 248.
STATUS:
-CHK FXO STP PRV
TI - COO:
IOC - O. EFLG - 000001 000000 PS - 170000 PC - 041350
REGS 0-6 000162 004030 177777 105312 064254 105260 052132
TKTN
105010 SYSPAR 107734 00110000-00120000 PIR - 248. DPRI - 248.
STATUS:
-EXE OUT -CHK -PMO PRV
TI - COO:
IOC - O. EFLG - 000001 000000

ETC.
ACTIVE TASK LIST
This command displays on
the
entering
terminal
the
names,
descriptions,
and status of all active tasks in the system or the
status of a specified active task (taskname).
The display is the same
as the Task List command.
Format:
ATL [taskname]

F-7

SYSTEM TUNING
F.7

A USEFUL TOOL

RMDEMO is a privileged task that displays in a highly visual and
active manner information concerning task activity in an RSX-llM
system. The display usually runs continuously on a video terminal
with cursor control (the VT05B or the VT52). Certain versions of the
task allow a once-only display on any record-oriented device.
The display features include:
1.

Current date and time;

The currently active task;

All tasks, loadE?d drivers, and common blocks that are
currently in memory, displayed in a graphic fashion to show
their individual memory requirements and location relative to
other tasks;

The number of active tasks currently in memory, the number
not currently resident, and the total amount of memory
occupied by each group;

The current amount of availa.ble system dynamic memory (POOL
space) , including the largest available block and the number
of fragments; ,

A graphical display of the partition

The number of hours that have elapsed since RMDEMO was
initiated (this is system up time i f the STARTUP_CMD file
automatically runs RMDEMO when your system comes up).

The number of fre~~ blocks available on the system device
one or more additional mounted FILES-11 volumes;

The system error sequence count.

information~

and

RMDEMO scales the display to the memory size of the computer on which
it is executing.
The amount of memory displayed on the screen is
always the next largest power of 2 in K-words. For a 28K system, it
displays 32K. For a 256K system, 256K is displayed and the available
memory just fills the screen.
You should consider task locations and sizes that RMDEMO displays to
be approximate only. RMDEMO provides a visual display and is a system
debugging tool:
however, it should not be used for
accurate
measurement of task size and location.
A complete description of RMDEMO can be found in
Generation Manual.

F-8

the

RSX-llM

System

INDEX

A
Abort codes, task 8-47
ABRT$ macro C-6
ABRT$C macro C-5
ABRT$S macro C-6
ACP codes, network C-119
$ACTHD pointer 8-5
Active Task List 8-11
Active Task List 8-5
Active task, fixing 1-11
Active tasks 1-10
Address space, logical 1-14
logical 1-15, 2-3
logical, extended 1-14
physical 1-15
virtual 1-15, 2-3
Addresses, logical 2-3
physical 1-3, 2-3
virtual 1-3, 2-3
Addressing 1-3
Addressing scheme 1-3
Addressing, logical 2-2
memory 2-1
overlaid task 2-1
virtual 2-2
$ALCLK diagram 2-25
Allocation, memory 2-10
$ALOCB diagram 2-26
Alter command 1-12
Altering priority 1-12
ALTP$ macro C-7
ALTP$C macro C-6
ALTP$S macro C-7
ALUN$ macro C-9
ALUN$C macro C-8
ALUN$S macro C-8
Argument passing B-8
Assembly parameter definition
listing, conditional C-1
Assigning processor control by
priority 1-11
Assigning task priority 1-11
AST Control Block 8-14, 8-28
AST queue 8-14
ASTX$ macro C-10
ASTX$S macro C-10
ASTX$C macro C-10
Asynchronous events 1-2
Asynchronous System Trap Control
Block 8-28
Asynchronous traps 1-18
ALT 8-5
ALT list 8-11
ATRG$ macro c-101
ATRG$C macro C-101

ATRG$S macro c-101
Attached terminals 1-26
Attaching to regions 2-9
Attachment descriptor off sets
8-4.3
Attachment descriptor status
byte bit definitions 8-43

B
BDOFF$ macro c-79
BFCTL module description 7-2
BIGFCP global cross-reference
9-54
BIGFCP segment cross~ref erence
9-69
.BLK macro C-102
.BLKB macro C-102
.BLKW macro C-102
Blocked tasks 1-10
Boat command, 1-2
Bootstrap 1-2

c
CALL macro C-71
CALLR macro C-71
CBYTE$ macro C-80
Checkpoint space allocation,
for tuning F-2
Checkpointable task 1-7
Checkpointable task, fixing a
1-11
Checkpointing 1-7, 1-12, 2-10,
2-13
Checkpointing on terminal input
for tuning F-2
Checkpointing, disk space for
1-13
during terminal input wait
2-10
dynamic 1-13
in system-controlled
partitions 2-11
in user-controlled partitions
2-10
$CHKPT diagram 2-28
$CHKPT routine 2-22
CINT$ macro C-12
CINT$C macro C-11
CINT$S macro C-11
-c1assif ication of faults E-1
CLEF$ macro C-14
CLEF$C macro C-13
Clock queue 8-16

Index-1

INDEX (Cont.)

Clock Queue Control Block 8-31
CLOSE$ macro C-80
CMKT$ macro C-15
CMKT$C macro C-14
CMKT$S macro C-15
CMOV$2 macro C-80
CMOV$B macro C-80
CMOV$W macro C-81
Co-routines B-14
Code with interrupts inhibited
B-11
Coding standards and conventions
B-1
Coding standards and convEmtions, argument passing B-8
co-routines B-14
code with interrupts inhibited
B-11
comments B-2
common exits B-10
device registers B-2
displaying the version
identifier B-13
exiting B-8
formatting B-9
general purpose registers B-2
global symbols B-3, B-4
instruction usage, forbidden
B-11
intra-module calling conventions B-8
line format B-1
macro names B-4
modularity B-8
module checking routines B-8
module pref ace B-5
naming B-2
other symbols B-2
processor priority B-2
program modules B-5
program source files B-11
program-local symbols B-·4
registers B-2
standard symbols B-3
success or failure indications
B-8
version number standard B-12
version number usage B-14
COMDF$ macro C-100
Commands for tuning F-5
Commands, Alter 1-12
Boot 1-2
Fix 1-11
Install 1-10
Install 1-3
privileged 1-25

Remove 1-11
Save 1-2
Unfix 1-11
Comments B-2
Common exits in coding B-10
Communications Control Block
8-32
Communications Vector 8-33
Conditional assembly parameter
definition listing D-1
Conditional assembly parameter
to module cross-reference
9-69
Control blocks 8-1
Control blocks, system, overview
8-3
Conventions and standards for
coding B-1
CORAL module description 7-4
CRRG$C macro C-103
CRRG$Smacro C-103
CRASH macro C-72
CRASH module description 7-6
$CRAVL pointer 8-6
CRAW$ macro C-102
CRAW$C macro C-102
CRAW$S macro C-102
Cross-reference, conditional
assembly parameter to
module 9-69
Executive module to routine
9-1
module to conditional assembly
parameter 9-75
CRRG$ macro C-103
CRI$ macro C-4
CSI$1 macro C-1
CSI$2 macro C-1
CSI$SV macro C-3
CSI$SW macro C-2
CSI$ND macro C-3
CSRQ$ macro C-16
CSRQ$C macro C-15
CSRQ$S macro C-16
CVRTM module description 7-7
CWORD$ macro C-81

D
Data areas 8-1
Data structure, I/O 8-27
DCB, linkage of 8-4
SCB, UCB, LCB relationship
8-18
UCB, SCB relationship 8-24

Index-2

INDEX (Cont.)

DCB-UCB·relationship 8-4
$DEACB diagra.m 2-30
DECL$ macro C-18
DECL$C macro C-17
DECL$S macro C-17
$DECLK diagram 2-30
DEF$G macro C-81
DEF$I macro C-81
DEF$L macro C-81
DEF$N macro C-82
Default priority, task 1-11
DEFIN$ macro C-82
DELET$ macro C-82
$DEPKT diagram 2-30
$DEVHD pointe1r 8-4
Device Control Block 6-1, 6-2,
8-34
Device Control Block pointer 8-3
Device drivers 1-5
Device handler codes, general
C-116
Device name, in DCB 8-4
Device registers B-2
Device table status definitions
8-53
Devices, private 1-27
public 1-27
Diagnostic functions, user-mode
C-123
Diagnostic tasks 1-28
DIR$ macro C··l8
Directive macro expansions C-5
Directive Parameter Block 6-3
Directive processing routines,
interrupt processing 3-9
Directive processing, QIO 6-5
stack state upon entry into
3-10
Directives, Executive 1-19
memory management 2-2, 1-15
Directory primitive codes C-116
$DIRSV routine 3-3
$DIRSV routine operation 3-7
$DIRSV routine, example use of
3-7
$$DIRSV routine, use of by
EMTRP 3-8
DIRSV$ macro C-72
$DIRXT routine 3-3
$DIRXT routine processing 3-16
Disk controller control block
structure 8-25
Disk space for checkpointing
1-13
Disk swapping 2-12
Dormant tasks 1-10

Index-3

Dormant tasks, activating 1-10
DRABO module description 7-7
DRASG module description 7-8
DRATX module description 7-8
DRCIN module description 7-9
DRCMI module description 7-11
DRDAR module description 7-12
DRDCP module description 7-13
DRDSP module description 7-14
DREIF module description 7-15
DRERR$ macro C-115
DREXP module description 7-17
DRGCL module description 7-18
DRGLI module description 7-19
DRGPP module description 7-19
DRGSS module description 7-20
DRGTK module description 7-21
DRGTP module description 7-21
Driver Dispatch Table off sets
8-36
Driver standard codes C-117
DRMAP module description 7-22
DRMKT module description 7-29
DRPUT module description 7-31
DRQIO module description 7-33
DRRAS module description 7-34
DRREG module description 7-36
DRREQ module description 7-39
DRRES module description 7-40
DRSED module description 7-42
DRSST module description 7-45
DRSTS macro C-72
DRVPAR partition 1-8
DSAR$ macro C-19
DSAR$S macro C-19
DSAR$C macro C-19
DSCP$ macro C-20
DSCP$C macro C-20
DSCP$S macro C-20
DSR (See Dynamic Storage Region)
DTRG$ macro C-104
DTRG$C macro C-104
DTRG$S macro C-104
Dynamic checkpoint space 1-13
Dynamic region 2-8
Dynamic Storage Region 1-4, 8-6
Dynamic Storage Region free
block queue 8-23

E
ECSBT$ macro C-82
ELAW$ macro C-104
ELAW$C macro C-104
ELAW$S macro C-104

INDEX (Cont.)

CVRTM 7-7
DASTT 7-72
DEACl 7-5
DEACB 7-5
DECLK 7-5
DEPKT 7-6
DETRG 7-39
DEUMR 7-53
DEVTB 7-83
DIRSV 7-84
DIRXT 7-87
DISIN 7-10
DIV 7-61
DQAC 7-72
DQUMR 7-54
ORA.BO 7-7
DRASG 7-8
DRATP 7-41
DRATR 7-38
D~TX 7-9
DRCEF 7-42
DRCIN 7-9
DRCMT 7-11
DRCRR 7-36
DRCRW 7-23
DRCSR 7-11
DRDAR 7-12
DRDCP 7-13
DRDSE 7-42
DRDTR 7-38
DREAR 7-12
DRECP 7-14
DREIF 7-16
DRELW 7-24
DREXP 7-17
DREXT 7-16
DRFEX 7-31
DRGCL 7-18
DRGLI 7-19
DRGMX 7-28
DRGPP 7-19
DRGSS 7-20
DRGTP 7-21
DRGTX 7-21
DRMAP 7-25
DRMKT 7-30
DRPUT 7-32
DRQIO 7-33
DRQRQ 7-34
DRRAF 7-43
DRRCV 7-33
DRREC 7-35
DRREQ 7-39
DRRES 7-40
DRRRA 7-32
DRRRF 7-28

EMT trap processing routine 3-8
ENAR$ macro C-21
ENAR$C macro c-21
ENAR$S macro C-21
ENCP$ macro C-22
ENCP$C macro C-22
ENCP$S macro C-22
ERR$ macro C-23
Error codes, ICR C-119
Set characteristics C-130
TTY C-119
Error logging 1-27, F-2
Error Message Block 8-36
ERROR module description 7·-4 7
Event flags 1-24
Events, asynchronous 1-2
synchronous 1-2
Executive code 1-4
Executive directive sununar~r 1-19
Executive directives 1-19
Executive global crossreference 9-18
Executive macro expansions C-71
Executive module descriptions
7-1
Executive routines, ABCTK 7-70
ABTSK 7-70
ACHCK 7-51
ACHK2 7-51
ACHKB 7-51
ACHKP 7-51
ACHKW 7-51
ACTRM 7-73
ACTTK 7-71
ALCLK 7-5
ALEBl 7-47
ALEMB 7-47
ALOCl 7-4
ALOCB 7-4
ALPKT 7-5
ASUMR 7-51
BILDS 7-70
BLKCl 7-53
BLKCK 7-53
BLXIO 7-4
BMSET 7-47
CEFI 7-52
CEFN 7-52
CHKPT 7-75
CKACC 7-65
CKINT 7-89
CLINS 7-68
CLRMV 7-68
CRASH 7-6
CRATT 7-65
CRPAS 7-61

Index-4

INDEX (Cont.)

DRRUN 7-30
DRSDV 7-45
DRSEF 7-43
DRSND 7-35
DRSPN 7-41
DRSRF 7-27
DRSTV 7-46
DRUNM 7-26
DRWFL 7-44
DRWFS 7-44
DRWSE 7-44
DTOER 7-48
DVCER 7-48
DVMSG 7-52
ECCOR 7-60
EMSST 7-77
EMTRP 7-15
EXRQF 7-75
EXRQN 7-75
EXRQP 7-75
FINBF 7-88
FLTRP 7-77
FLTRP 7-78
FNDSP 7-74
FORK 7-85
FORKO 7-85
FORKl 7-85
FORK2 7-85
GTBYT 7-2
GTCWD 7-4
GTPKT 7-53
GTWRD 7-3
ICHKP 7-75
ILINS 7-78
INITL 7-50
INTSC 7-86
INTSE 7-86
INTSV 7-86
INTXl 7-87
INTXT 7-86
IOALT 7-54
IODON 7-54
IOFIN 7-54
IOKIL 7-55
IOTRP 7-78
LCKPR 7-55
LOADR 7-62
LOADT 7-75
MAPTK 7-76
MPLNE 7-56
MPLUN 7-56
MPPHY 7-57
MPPKT 7-57
MPUBM 7-57
MPVBN 7-58
MUL 7-61

NSO 7-49
NSl 7-49
NS2 7-49
NS3 7-49
NS4 7-49
NSS 7-49
NS6 7-49
NS7 7-49
NXTSK 7-74
PARER 7-63
POWER 7-67
PTBYT 7-3
PTWRD 7-3
QASTC 7-72
QASTT 7-72
QEMB 7-49
QINSF 7-68
QINSP 7-68
QMCRL 7-69
QRMVF 7-69
QRMVT 7-69
RELOC 7-58
RELOM 7-58
RELOP 7-61
RLCH 7-59
RLMCB 7-18
RLPAR 7-73
RLPRl 7-73
RQCH 7-59
SAVNR 7-88
SCDVl 7-59
SCDVT 7-59
SETCR 7-71
SETF 7-71
SETM 7-71
SETRQ 7-71
SETRT 7-71
SGFLT 7-79
SRATT 7-65
SRNAM 7-64
SRSTD 7-73
SRWND 7-66
SSTXT 7-79
STMAP 7-60
STPCT 7-73
STPTK 7-73
SWSTK 7-88
TKWSE 7-43
TRACE 7-79
TRP04 7-79
TRTRP 7-15
TSKRP 7-76
TSKRQ 7-76
TSKRT 7-76
TSTCP 7-75
UISET 7-76

Index-5

INDEX (Cont.)

UNMAP 7-66
WTUMR 7-62
Executive standard codes C-117
Executive, contents 1-4
EXIF$ macro C-24
EXIF$C macro C-23
EXIF$S macro C-24
EXIT$ macro C-25
EXIT$C macro C-24
EXIT$S macro c-25
Exiting B-8
Exiting system state 3-15
Expansions, macro C-1
Express queue commands C-116
/EXT option, for tuning F-3
Extended arithmetic element
registers 8-39
External interrupts 1-17, 3-2
EXTK$ macro C-26
EXTK$C macro C-25
EXTK$S macro C-26

F
FllACP choice, for tuning F-2
Fault classification E-1
Fault isolation data, gathering
of E-3
Fault servicing E-1
Fault tracing E-4
Fault tracing, additional hints
E-8
I/O packets E-8
processor halt without display
E-7
system stack pointer E-9
unintended loop E-8
using the Executive stack E-5
Fault, abnormal SST, stack
structure E-7
internal SST, stack structure
E-6
FCB 8-37
FCPNMH 1-7
FCPPAR partition 1-9
FCS (See File Control Services)
FCSMC macro C-84
FDAT$A macro C-85
FDAT$R macro C-85
FDBF$A macro C-85
FDBF$R macro C-86
FDBDF$ macro C-85
FDBK$A macro C-86
FDBK$R macro C-86
FDBSZ$ macro C-86

FDOF$L macro C-88
FDOFF$ macro C-88
FDOP$A macro C-87
FDOP$R macro c-87
FDRC$R macro C-87
FDRC$A macro C-87
FDSOF$ macro C-89
Feature symbol definitions 8-40
FHD01$ macro C-76
FHDOF$ macro C-77
File Control Block 8-37
File Control Services 1-6
File Control Services, codes
C-118
macro expansions c-79
File primitive codes C-118,
C-116
File system 1-6
Files-11 header offsets, macro
definitions C-76
Fiies-11 system 1-6
FILIO$ macro c-116
FINIT$/FSRSZ$ macros C-90
Fixed tasks 1-11
Fixing a checkpointable task
1-11
Fixing a task in memory 1-11
Fixing an active task 1-11
Flags, event 1-24
Flow diagrams, memory allocation
2-24
$FNDSP, diagram 2-35
routine 2-22
Fork processing 3-13
Fork queue 8-17
$FORK routine 3-13
$FORK, calling 3-13
using 3-15
$FORK1, USING 3-15
Formatting standards for coding
B-9
Formatting the module preface,
rules for B-6
Free block list 8-6
$FRKHD pointer 8-6
FSROF$ macro C-90
Function codes for specific
device dependent functions
C-121

G
GEN partition 1-8
General fault isolation E-1
General purpose registers B-2

Index-6

INDEX (Cont.)

Generation, system 1-1
Get Command Line Control Block
8-38
Get Terminal support, bits for
return fre>m C-131
GET$ macro C-91
GET$R macro C-·91
GET$S macro C-91
Global cross-reference, BIGFCP
9-54
Executive 9-·18
MCRMU 9-30
SYS 9-42
Global symbols B-3
GLUN$ macro C-28
GLUN$C macro C-27
GLUN$S macro C-27
GMCR$ macro C·-29
GMCR$C macro C-29
GMCX$ macro C·-10 5
GMCX$C macro C-105
GMCX$S macro C-105
GPRT$ macro C·- 31
GPRT$C macro C-30
GPRT$S macro C-30
GREG$C macro C-105
GREG$S macro C-105
GREG$ macro C-105
GSSW$S macro C-32
GSSW$C macro C-32
GSSW$ macro C-32
GTIM$ macro C-34
GTIM$C macro C-33
GTIM$S macro C-33
GTSK$ macro C-35
GTSK$S macro C-35
GTSK$C macro C-34
GTUCB$ macro C-72

I/O implementation 6-1
I/O Packet queue 8-21
I/O Packet offset definitions
8-30
I/O processing 6-1
$ICHKP diagram 2-36
ICR error codes C-119
ICR QIO functions C-122
ICS error codes C-119
ICS QIO functions C-122
IHAR$ macro C-37
IHAR$C macro C-37
IHAR$S macro C-37
/INDX option, for tuning F-3
INITL module description 7-49
Install command 1-3
Install request and remove on
exit support for tuning F-2
Installed priority 1-12
Installed priority, establishing, with Install 1-12
Installed task, STD entry 1-10
Installed tasks 1-10
Instruction usage, forbidden
B-11

H
Hardware definitions 8-39
Hardware register addresses 8-39
Hardware register status codes
8-39
$HEADR pointer 8-7
Hints for tuning F-4
HMBOF$/HMB01$ macros C-78

I/O control block linkage 8-26
I/O data structure 8-27
I/O data structures 6-1
I/O functions IPll C-123

Interface, MCR 1-25
Interrupt conventions, for
drivers 3-13
Interrupt locations 1-18
Interrupt mechanism, for RSXllM 3-1
hardware 3-1
Interrupt processing 1-2, 1-15,
3-1
Interrupt processing code 3-17
Interrupt processing routines,
DIRSV 3-3
DIRXT 3-3
INTSV 3-2
INTXT 3-3
for drivers 3-3
Interrupt routine, driver,
example of 3-15
Interrupt routines, processing
within 3-12
Interrupt Transfer Block 8-40
Interrupt vectors 1-16
Interrupts, classes of 3-1
device 3-2
Executive processing 3-2
external 1-17
external 3-2
external, from system state
3-5
from task state 3-4
flow of control in 3-18
loadable drivers 3-3

Index-7

INDEX (Cont.)

processing sununary 3-19
queued on the sytem stack 3-12
resident drivers 3-3
stack processing 3-2
Interrupt processes 3-2
INTLB macro C-72
Intra-module calling conve,ntions
B-8
INTSE$ macro C-73
$INTSV routine 3-2
$INTSV routine operation 3-5
INTSV$ macro 3-3
INTSV$ macro 3-5
INTSV$ macro C-73
INTSV$ macro expansion 3-6
INTSV$ macro format 3-4
INTSV$ macro, example of a
driver using 3-6
used in a driver 3-13
$INTSV, calling from driver 3-12
$INTXT routine 3-3
$INTXT routine processing 3-16
.IOER macro C-117
IOERR$ macro 117
IOSUB module description 7-50
IPll I/O functions C-123

STD 8-11
Loadable device drivers for
tuning F-2
Loaded task 1-11
Loader 1-5, 2-15
Loader diagram 2-43
Loader functions 2-15
Loader queue 8-15
Loader, defined 1-5
VMR installable, for tuning
F-3
LOADR module description 7-62
Locked task 1-11
Logical address space 1-14, 1-15
Logical addresses 2-3
Logical addresses space 2-3
Logical addressing 2-2
Logical assignment control block
8-41
Lo_gical assignment control block
list 8-19
LOWCR module- description 7-62
/LRU option, for tuning F-3

M
Macro definitions, files-11
header off sets C-76
Macro expansions C-1
Macro expansions (see the
specific macro name)
Macro expansions, directive C-5
Executive C-71
file control services C-79
QIOMAC C-115
QIOSYM C-115
relative file C-110
Macro names B-4
Main partition 1-4
Management, resource, memory 1-2
MAP$ macro C-106
MAP$C macro C-106
MAP$S macro C-106
Mapped system, example of 1-8
Mapping 1-3
Mapping assignment block 8-46
Mapping, 4k nonprivileged user
task, in mapped system 4-12
Bk nonprivileged user task,
in mapped system 4-13
defined 1-3
in a mapped system 1-3
in an unmapped system 1-3

K
Keyword table generation m.3.cros
C-125
KTll hardware 1-15
KTll memory management unit 1-3

L
Label block off sets 8-51
LCB list 8-19
LCB, DCB, SCB, UCB relationship
8-18
LDD macro C-76
LDFPS macro C-76
LDRO$ macro C-4
$LDRPT pointer 8-6
Library list entry flags 8-50
Line format B-1
Linkage, for I/O control blocks
8-26
Linkages, system 8-1
Linked lists on RSX-llM 8-2
List, ATL 8-11
LCB 8-19
PCB 8-10

Index-a

INDEX (Cont.)

user task in unmapped system
4-11
MCR 1-7
MCR and terminal driver relationship 5-· 3
MCR commands 5-1
MCR dispatcher 5-5
MCR interface 1-25
MCR interface ~5-1
MCR operation 5-5
MCR queue 8-20
MCR task 1-5
MCR, buffer processing 5-6
command overlay 5-7
common overlay 5-7
dispatcher 5·-8
error overlay 5-10
explained 5-1
final exit 5·-10
function tables 5-7
input queue entry 5-6
operating emrironment of 5-2
overlays 5-7
parser functions 5-9
parser overlay 5-7
parser table entry 5-8
structure of 5-2
MCRMU 1-9
MCRMU global cross-reference
9-30
MCRMU, segment cross-reference
9-41
Memory 1-2
Memory addressing 2-1
Memory allocation 2-10
Memory allocation data structures
2-61
Memory compaction 2-13
Memory management directives 2-2
Memory management for tuning F-2
Memory management overview 2-1
Memory management register
addresses 8-39
Memory management register status
codes 8-39
Memory management directives 1-15
Memory management unit 1-3
Memory partitions 1-2
Memory resource allocation 2-1
Memory resource management 1-2
Memory structure 1-4
MFPS/MTPS macros C-74
Modularity B-H
Module prefacE~ B-5
Module pref acE~, formatting the
B-6

Module to conditional assembly
parameter cross-reference
9-75
Module to routine crossreference, Executive, BFCTL
9-1
Executive,
CORAL 9-1
CRASH 9-1
CTDRV 9-1
CVRTM 9-2
DBDRV 9-2
DLDRV 9-2
DMDRV 9-2
DPDRV 9-2
DRABO 9-2
DRASG 9-2
DRATX 9-2
DRCIN 9-3
-DRCMT 9-3
DRDAR 9-3
DRDCP 9-3
DRDSP 9-3
DREIF 9-3
DREXP 9-3
DRGCL 9-3
DRGLI 9-3
DRGPP 9-3
DRGSS 9-3
DRGTP 9-4
DRGTX 9-3
ORM.AP 9-4
DRMKT 9-4
DRPUT 9-4
DRQIO 9-4
DRRAS 9-5
DRREG 9-5
DRREQ 9-5
DRRES 9-5
DRSED 9-6
DRSST 9-6
DTDRV 9-6
DXDRV 9-6
ERROR 9-6
INITL 9-7
IOSUB 9-7
LOADR 9-8
LOWCR 9-8
LPDRV 9-8
MMDRV 9-9
MTDRV 9-9
NLDRV 9-9
PARTY 9-9
PLSUB 9-10
POWER 9-10
PPTAB 9-10
PRDRV 9-10

Index-9

INDEX (Cont.)

QUEUE 9-10
REQSB 9-10
SSTSR 9-11
SYSCM 9-11
SYSDF 9-12
SYSTB 9-12
SYSXT 9-12
SYTAB 9-13
TDSCH 9-13
TTDRV 9-13
XBDRV 9-14
XMDRV 9-15
XPDRV 9-16
XQDRV 9-16
XUDRV 9-16
XWDRV 9-17
MOV$ macro C-38
MRKT$ macro C-39
MRKT$C macro C-38
MRKT$S macro C-39
MTRAN$ macro C-126
Multiuser protection 1-27
MVB$ macro C-40

N
Naming B-2
NBOF$L macro C-91
NBOFF$ macro C-92
Network ACP codes C-119
Network symbol definition macros
C-100
NMBLK$ macro C-92
Nonprivileged tasks, in a mapped
system 1-3
$NXTSK diagram 2-37
$NXTSK routine 2-13
$NXTSK, functions 2-17
inputs 2-17
operation in a systemcontrol led partition 2-18
operation in a user-controlled
partition 2-17
routine 2-17
routines that call 2-18
routines that call, description
of 2-20
routines that it calls 2-22

0
OFF$ macro C-40
OFID$ macro C-95
OFID$A macro C-95

OFID$M macro C-96
OFID$R macro C-96
OFID$U macro C-96
OFID$W macro C-96
OFNB$ macro C-96
OFNB$A macro C-97
OFNB$M macro C-97
OFNB$R macro C-97
OFNB$U macro C-97
OFNB$W macro C-97
OPEN$ macro C-93
OPEN$A macro C-93
OPEN$M macro C-93
OPEN$R macro C-93
OPEN$U macro C-94
OPEN$W macro C-94
Operation of a terminal 1-26
OPNS$A macro C-94
OPNS$M macro C-94
OPNS$R macro C-94
OPNS$U macro C-94
OPNS$W macro C-95
OPNT$D macro C-95
OPNT$W macro C-95
Overlaid task addressing 2-1
Overlaid tasks 1-14
Overlays 1-14

p
PAR command for tuning F-6
$PARHD pointer 8-5
Partition control block 1-10,
2-61, 8-5, 8-10, 8-41
Partition status word bit
definitions 8-42
Partition types 1-3
Partition wait queue, example of
8-9
Partitions 1-1
Partitions, defined 1-2
in mapped systems 1-3
in unmapped system 1-3
memory 1-2
system-controlled 1-4
task, user 1-7
user-controlled 1-4
PARTY module description 7-63
Passing argtunents B-8
PCB (see partition control block)
PCB list for checkpoint files
8-10
Physical address space 1-15
Physical addresses 1-3, 2-3
Physical addresses, range of 1-3

Index-10

INDEX (Cont.}

PLAS macro definitions C-101
PLSUB module description 7-64
Pointers, ACTHD 8-5
CRAVL 8-6
DEVHD 8-4
FRKHD 8-6
HEADR 8-7
LDRPT 8-6
PARHD 8-5
RQSCH 8-6
TKNPT 8-6
TKTCB 8-6
TSKHD 8-5
system 8-1
Power failure restart 1-29
POWER module description 7-66
Powerfail processing 3-11
Pre-allocated I/0 packet queue
8-21
Print spooler 1-7
Print spooler, macro for
submitting a file to C-128
PRINTS macro C-128
Priority 1-11
Priority, altering 1-12
swapping 1-14
tasks with equal 1-12
Private devices 1-27
Privileged conunands 1-25
Privileged task execution,
logging off during 4-1
processor trap during 4-1
Privileged task hazards 4-1
Privileged task mapping 4-2, 4-3,
4-4, 4-10, 4-15
Privileged task, /PR:O switch
4-2
/PR:4 switch 4-2
/PR:5 switch 4-4
reading or writing to a volume
4-1
specifying a task as a 4-2
using commons 4-2
Privileged tasks 4-1
Privileged tasks, accessing the
I/O page 4-2
in a mapped system 1-3
rebuilding, in a mapped system
1-3
using SWSTK$ 4-5
writing 4-4
writing logical block I/O 4-2
Processing within interrupt
routines 3-12
Processing, interrupt 1-2
task 1-2

Processor control, assigned by
priority 1-11
Processor priority B-2
Processor trap 1-17
Processor trap during privileged
task execution 4-1
Processor trap, from the system
state 3-9
Processor traps 1-15, 3-1
Processor traps, from task state
3-7
Program logical address space
extension, macro definitions
C-101
Program modules B-5
Program-local sysmbols B-4
Protection, multiuser 1-27
region 2-9
Pseudo device DCBs 8-4
Public devices 1-27
PUT$ macro C-97
PUT$R macro C-98
PUT$S macro C-98

Q
QDPB$$ macro C-41
QDPB$S macro C-41
QIO directive provessing 6-5
QIO function codes for specific
device dependent functions
C-121
QIO functions, ICR c-122
ICS C-122
QIO processing 6-1
QIO qualifier bit definitions,
general C-116
QIO$ macro C-43
QI0$C macro C-42
QIO$S macro C-42
.QIOE macro C-120
QIOMAC macro definitions C-115
QIOSY$ macro C-120
QIOSYM macro definitions C-115
QIOW$ macro C-44
QIOW$C macro C-43
QIOW$S macro C-44
Queue I/O speed optimizations for
tuning F-2
QUEUE module description 7-67
Queue, AST 8-14
clock 8-16
dynamic storage region free
block 8-23
fork 8-17

Index-11

INDEX (Cont.)

I/0 packet 8-21
Loader 8-15
MCR 8-20
Send/Receive by Reference B-16
Send/Receive Data 8-15
STD, in scheduling 1-12
TKTN 8-22

R
R50$ macro C-45
RREF$C macro C-107
RREF$S macro C-107
RAD%50$ macro C-98
RCLOS$ macro C-110
RCVD$ macro C-46
RCVD$C macro C-45
RCVD$S macro C-46
RCVX$ macro C-48
RCVX$C macro C-47
RCVX$S macro C-47
RDAF$ macro C-49
RDAF$C macro C-48
RDAF$S macro C-49
ROBBI<$ macro C-107
READ$ macro C-99
Ready-to-run tasks 1-10
Rebuilding privileged tasks in
a mapped system 1-3
Record management services 1-6
Region definition block 2-10
Region definition block 8-43
Region protection 2-9
Region status word symbols 8-·43
Region, creating a 1-15
dynamic 2-8
mapping to 1-15
static common 2-8
task 2-8
Regions 2-8
Regions, attaching to 2-9
shared 2-9
Register standards B-2
Registers B-2
Relative file macro C-110
REQSB module description 7-69
Resident library descriptor
offsets 8-50
Resident tasks 1-10
Resource management, memory 1-2
Restart, power failure 1-29
RETURN macro C-74
RFA$ macro C-50
RFDBT$ macro C-110
RFIND$ macro C-111

RFOFF$ macro C-111
RGET$ macro C-112
RMOEMO, for tuning F-5, F-8
RMS (see record management
services)
ROPN$ macro c-112
ROPN$R macro C-113
ROPN$A macro C-112
ROPN$M macro C-112
ROPN$U macro C-113
ROPN$W macro C-113
ROPS$R macro C-113
ROPS$A macro C-113
ROPS$M macro C-113
ROPS$U macro C-114
ROPS$W macro C-114
Round-robin scheduling 1-12
Round-robin scheduling for
tuning F-2
Roun~-robin scheduling, use of
STD 1-12
RPORT$ macro C-114
RPRTC$ macro C-114
RPUT$ macro C-114
$RQSCH pointer 3-17
$RQSCH pointer 8-6
RQST$ macro C-51
RQST$S macro C-51
RQST$C macro C-50
RREF$ macro C-107
RSUM$ macro C-53
RSUM$S macro C-52
RSUM$C macro C-52
RSX-llM supported devices a-1
RSX-llM system 1-1
RUN$ macro c-54
RUN$C macro C-53
RUN$S macro C-54
RVP$ macro C-55

s
Save command 1-2
SAVNR macro C-74
SCB, DCB, UCB, LCB relationship
8-18
SCB, UCB, DCB relationship 8-24
SCBLB macro C-74
Scheduling 1-2, 1-12
$SCNDT routine 8-4
SDAT$ macro C-57
SDAT$S macro C-56
SDAT$C macro C-56
Segment cross-reference, BIGFCP
9-69

Index-12

INDEX (Cont.)

MCRMU 9-41
SYS 9-54
Send/Receive by Reference queue
8-16
Send/Receive Data queue 8-15
Servicing faults E-1
Set characteristic error codes
c-130
Set characteristics, speed types
c-130
subfunction codes for C-130
terminal types C-130
SET/GET symbol macro expansions
C-129
SETO macro C-75
SETF$ macro C-58
SETF$S macro C-58
SETF$C macro C-57
SFPA$ macro C-59
SFPA$S macro C-59
SFPA$C macro C-59
Shared regions 2-9
Shuffler 1-4, 1-9, 2-13
Shuffler diagram 2-51
Shuffler task 1-14
Shuffler, algorithm of 2-14
basic operation of 1-14
first pass of 2-14
second pass of 2-14
Shuffling, for tuning F-2
Size of dynamic storage region,
for tuning F'-2
Slave terminals 1-27
Snap block 8-46
Snap control block macro C-124
SNAP$ macro C-124
Snapshot sump macro C-124
SNPBK$ macro C-124
SNPDF$ macro C-125
SOB macro C-75
Source files B-11
SPCIO$ macro C-121
Speed types, for set characteristics C-130
SPND$ macro C-61
SPND$S macro C-60
SPND$C macro C-60
Spooler, print 1-7
SPRA$ macro C-·62
SPRA$S macro C-61
SPRA$C macro C-61
SRRA$S macro C-109
SRRA$C macro C-109
SRDA$ macro C-·6 3
SRDA$S macro C-63
SRDA$C macro C-62

SREF$ macro C-107 8
SREF$S macro C-108
SREF$C macro C-108
SRRA$ macro C-109
SSTSR module description 7-77
Stack structure, fault tracing
E-8
Stack, system 1-16
system, queuing interrupts on
3-12
upon entry into directive
processing 3-10
Standard codes, driver C-117
executive C-117
Standard symbols, using the B-3
Standards and conventions,
coding B-1
State generation macros C-125
STATES macro C-126
Static conunon region 2-8
Status control block 6-1, 6-2,
8-5 I 8-44
Status return, directive
processing routines 3-11
STD (see system task directory)
STD list 8-11
STD macro C-75
STFPS macro C-75
$STKDP<=O 3-5
$STKDP=l 3-4, 3-7
STST macro C-75
Subf unction codes for the set
characteristics C-130
Subpartitions 1-4, 1-7
Success codes, TTY C-119
Supported devices, card readers
A-2
communications A-2
data acquisition A-2
disk devices A-3
laborator/industrial control
A-3
printers A-4
processors and options A-1
RSX-llM A-1
tape devices, magnetic A-4
paper A-5
terminals A-5
SVOB$ macro C-65
SVDB$S macro C-64
SVDB$C macro C-64
SVTK$ macro C-66
SVTK$S macro C-66
SVTK$C macro C-65
Swapping algorithm 2-12
Swapping for tuning F-2

Index-13

INDEX (Cont.)

Swapping interval 2-12
Swapping priority 1-14
Swapping priority range 2-12
Swapping tasks 1-13
Swapping, disk 2-12
SWSTK$ in a mapped system,
explained 4-5
SWSTK$ macro C-76
SWSTK$ routine, described for a
mapped system 4-5
described for an unmapped
system 4-8
SWSTK$, used by privileged tasks
4-5
Symbols B-2
Synchronous events 1-2
Synchronous traps 1-18
SYS global cross-reference 9-42
SYS segment cross-reference 9-54
SYSCM module description 7-80
SYSDF module description 7-82
SYSPAR 1-7
SYSPAR partition 1-9
SYSTB 8-4
SYSTB module description 7-83
System common data 1-4
System controlled partitions 1-4
System generation 1-1
System generation, phase one 1-1
phase two 1-1
System linkages 8-1
System linkages 8-7
System maintenance 1-27
System pointers 8-1
System stack 1-4, 1-16
System stack, queuing interrupts
on 3-12
System state, exiting 3-15
System task directory 1-10
System task directory list 8-11
System traps 1-18
System tuning F-1
System, RSX-llM 1-1
System-controlled partition
control blocks 8-13
System-controlled partition
linkage 8-5

T
TAL command for tuning F-7
TAS command for tuning F-5
Task abort codes 8-47
Task attributes, changing 1-3
Task control block 2-65, 8-5,
8-47

Task execution, scheduling of
1-26
Task header, field definitions
8-49
mapped system E-5
unmapped system E-5
window block 8-49
Task mapping 4-10
Task mapping, 4k nonpriviliged
user, in mapped system 4-12
Bk nonprivileged user, in
in mapped system 4-13
in mapped system using PLAS
4-14
nonprivileged user, in mapped
system 4-12
user, in unmapped system 4-11
Task partitions, user 1-7
Task priority 1-11
Task priority, assigning 1-11
~~tablishing 1-12
Task processinc 1-10, 1-2
Task region 2-8
Task scheduling 1-2
Task states l-10
Task status definitions 8-48
Task swapping 1-13
Task termination notification
message codes 8-51
Task termination notification
queue 8-22
Task window block 2-7
Task windows 2-4
Task, shuffler 1-14
Tasks, active 1-10
blocked 1-10
diagnostic 1-28
dormant 1-10
fixed 1-11
installed 1-10
overlaid 1-14
privileged 4-1
privileged, PR:O switch 4-2
PR:4 switch 4-2
PR:S switch 4-3
accessing the I/O page 4-2
hazards of using 4-1
mapping of 4-15
specifying 4-2
using commons 4-2
virtual address space 4-3,
4-4
writing a 4-4
writing logical block I/0
4-2
ready-to-run 1-10
unshufflable 2-13

Index-14

INDEX (Cont. )

with equal priorities 1-12
Task image file label block 8-50
$TCHKP routine 2-22
TDSCH module description 7-89
Terminal input wait, checkpointing during 2-11
Terminal operation 1-26
Terminal types, for SET characteristics C-130
Terminals, attached 1-26
slave 1-27
Throughput improvement F-1
Throughput improvement, executive software opinions for
Fl
memory layout for F-1
$TKNPT pointer 8-6
$TKTCB pointer 8-6
TKTN 1-7
TKTN queue 8-22
TKTN task 1-5
Tracing faults E-4
TRAN$ macro C-127
Trap processing, for traps in
system state 3-9
Trap vectors 1-4
Trap vectors 3-1
Trap, processor 1-17
Traps, asynchronous 1-18
processor 3-1
synchronous 1-18
system 1-18
TRUNC$ macro C-99
$TSKHD pointer 8-5
TSTAT$ macro C-125
$TSTCP diagram 2-42
$TSTCP routine 2-23
TTSYM$ macro C-129
TTY error codes C-119
TTY success codes C-119
Tuning, Executive software
options far F-1
hardware considerations F-1
helpful hints F-4
memory layout F-1
system F-1

u
UCB 8-51
UCB, DCB, SCB, LCB relationship
8-18
UCB, SCB, DCB relationship 8-24
UCB-DCB relationship 8-4
UMAP$ macro C-·109

UMAP$C macro C-109
UMAP$S macro C-109
UMDIO$ macro C-123
Unit Control Block 6-1, 6-2,
8-4, 8-51
Unmapped system, example of 1-7
Unshufflable tasks 2-13
User controlled partitions 1-4
User-controlled partition,
control blocks 8-12
linkage 8-5
User-mode diagnostic functions
C-123

v
Vector locations 1-18
Vectors, interrupt 1-16
Version identifier, displaying
the B-13
Version number standard B-12
Version number, use of in the
program B-14
Virtual address mapping 2-6
Virtual address space 1-15, 2-3
Virtual addresses 1-3, 2-2, 2-3
VMR installable loader, for
tuning F-2
Volume control block 8-56

w
WAIT$ macro C-99
WDBBK$ macro C-110
/WIN option, for tuning F-3
Window block, task 2-7
Window definition block 8-56
Window Definition Block 2-7
Window status word symbols 8-57
Windows, memory management
directives 2-4
task 2-4
.WORD macro C-124
WRITE$ macro C-99
Writing a privileged task 4-4
WSIG$ macro C-67
WSIG$S macro C-67
WSIG$C macro C-67
WTLO$ macro C-69
WTLO$C macro C-68
WTLO$S macro C-68
WTSE$ macro C-70
WTSE$S macro C-70

Index-15

RSX-llM

System Logic Manual
Order No. AA-5579A-TC
READER'S COMMENTS

NOTE:

This; form is for document comments only.
DIGITAL will
use corrunents submitted on this form at the company's
discretion.
If you require a written reply and are
eligible to receive one under Software Performance
Report (SPR) service, submit your comments on an SPR
form.

Did you find this manual understandable, usable, and well-organized?
Please make suggestions for improvement •

c:
0

Did you find errors in this manual?
page numbe.r.

If so, specify the error and the

Please indicate the type of reader that you most nearly represent.
[] Assembly language programmer
[] Higher-level language programmer
[] Occasional prograrruner (experienced)
[] User with little programming experience
[] Student prograrruner
[] Other (please specify>--~~~~--~~-~-~--~-~

C i t Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - S t a t e - - - - - - - Zip Code _ _ _ _ _ __
or
Country

-~~-------------------------~------------------------~-Fold Jlere------------------------------------------------·---------~

·--------------------------------------------·Do Not 1'ear · Fold l:lere and Staple-----------------------------------------------

FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 33
MAYNARD. MASS.
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES

Postage will be paid by:

Software Documentation
146 Main Street ML 5-5/E39
Maynard, Massachusetts 01754